


sjfell 




THE PERRY PICTURES. 805, 
BOSTON EDITION. 



CHRIST 



FROM PAINTING BY HOFMANN. ''.824' 



3<e^ 



HEALING CURRENTS 



FROM THE 



BATTERY OF LIFE 



Teaching the doctrines of the Positive and Negative Mind of God, 
and of the Lord Jesus Christ as the Mediator between the two 
states of Being; revealing how the Truth awakens the 
Soul to its natural inheritance as an immortal co- 
worker with God, giving it dominion over 
sin, sickness, poverty and death. 

BY 

WALTER DE VOE 



PUBLISHED BY THE 

COLLEGE OF FREEDOM 

Woodlawn, Chicago, 111. 



V 



LIBRARY of 30N0H£SS 
'. wu Copies rtousivcu 

AUG 14 1905 j 

- I II II ^ 



Copyright, 1904, by Walter De Voe. 



Second Edition. Revised and Enlarged. 



Copyright, 1905, by Walter De Voe. 



Price $2.00, Postpaid. 



THE PICTURE OF CHRIST. 

THE reproduction of Hofmann's beautiful painting 
of The Christ has won all hearts. The eyes ex- 
press a world of tenderness, sympathy and love. 
The artist has vividly portrayed the purity and spiritual- 
ity, the strength and the nobility of the character. 

An ideal picture of the Divine Man is of great aid to 
concentration of thought, if the devotee looks upon the 
picture as he would upon a vision of the Christ, using it 
as a means to bring about a more perfect sense of his 
presence. The picture remains imprinted upon the 
memory and recurs at frequent intervals, recalling the 
mind to the living Spirit that is always near. 

When this picture is contemplated in the right spirit 
of devotion to the Christ it becomes a very effective and 
uplifting means to concentration, holding all the thoughts 
at attention to the Spirit in its perfect form. 

Through this means Jesus, the ideal of the race, the 
image of divine love, wisdom and perfection — God 
personified — becomes the Way through which the human 
mind realizes that which otherwise would remain beyond 
comprehension. 

My experience has been that pupils and patients make 
more rapid progress in their realization of the Spirit of 
Truth and its healing love when they use this simple 
means to concentration. They grow like that which 



they study or contemplate. The beauty of the image 
appeals to the imagination, and in the education of this 
creative or image-making faculty lies the way to won- 
derful attainment. 

Concrete images of health or disease have much more 
effect than abstract thoughts upon the imagination, and 
therefore upon the body. 

The mind cannot contemplate or think of anything 
that has not form; even an idea of the formless is a 
formed conception which is not the formless, but a 
mental symbol of it. No one can think of the absolute 
Spirit without creating his idea of that Spirit. In Jesus, 
the God-man, we have the most perfect image of Love, 
or God, expressed, and in the radiating influence of his 
sun-like Soul we have the only true idea of omnipresence. 

And this mental image of the soul's ideal draws to 
itself the spiritual particles of divine essence and be- 
comes a center of celestial healing power, radiating light 
and love to every realm of mortal thought in the body- 
being. 

The soul in each individual, being a seed of the same 
Divinity, sees in his expanded powers the possibilities of 
its own being. 

Love for an ideal is the very secret of concentration. 

Without a living, breathing ideal the mind is un- 
centered. The lover learns without effort to keep his 
mind concentrated on his ideal. He cannot forget the 
face of his beloved. Heaven and earth become glorified 
with her beauty. 

Christ is the ideal Beloved of the soul. When the 
beauty of this ideal is conceived, love is born, and hard, 
cold intellectuality is mellowed and melted under the 
benign influence that radiates from Jesus Christ, the 
Sun of Righteousness. 



FOREWORD. 

IT is the purpose of this book to heal those who read 
and study its pages. The Lessons are gathered 
together with that object in view. Each Lesson was 
written under the inspiration of a definite purpose — to 
heal, encourage and enlighten whomsoever should read 
it — and the multitude of letters which have been re- 
ceived shows that the purpose has borne fruit and 
causes me to rejoice in the knowledge that written truth 
may bear the balm of healing to suffering humanity. 

These Lessons are the fruit of spiritual realization. 
The varying forms of expression were adapted to the 
various states of mind I desired to arouse. The energies 
of Omnipotence are latent within human minds, and 
there is no nobler task than speaking or writing words 
that shall stir those energies and arouse them into 
activity for the healing of God's beloved. 

As all forces at the last analysis are of the nature of 
mind, developed or undeveloped, then the forces of mind 
— thoughts- — are the proper things wherewith to direct 
the living healing dynamics within the nature of man. 

Mystical words of mighty healing power have been 
revealed to me, and I have woven many of them into 
these Lessons and affirmations. 

Where a truth is repeated more than once in different 
Lessons I have purposely allowed the repetition to stand, 
and I trust that this will cause the reader to remember 
that "Repetition is the mother of learning." 

Remember that your ability to gain dominion over 
your physical body will develop as you cultivate 
thought power. By constant study of these Lessons, and 



persistent use of the thoughts given in them, you will 
gain an ability to heal yourself and others, according 
to the degree of thought power you generate. I have 
known a pupil to take one single sentence and hold to 
it so persistently that in the space of one year she had 
transformed a gross abnormal growth in the interior of 
the body into normal, healthy substance. She had faith 
in the power of thought to transform the body and did 
not allow laziness of mind to stand in the way of its 
accomplishment. 

' There is no excellence without labor." It is not how 
much you read, or how much you know about mental 
processes that gives you mental power, but how much 
you incorporate of the positive thought of truth into 
your mind and body. 

If you desire to progress- in spiritual power you will be 
obliged to build a thought body out of positive thoughts 
of truth. These Lessons will furnish you with the ma- 
terial for building your spiritual temple, through which 
the healing power will become manifest in your flesh, 
and as you put the thought of these Lessons into practice 
day after day and year after year, like the writer, you will 
find all negative limitations vanishing and a positiveness 
of soul power developing which will repay you most 
wonderfully for all your efforts toward the attainment of 
spiritual and physical dominion. Awake and understand 
your divine possibilities as a soul evolved in the image 
and character of the Almighty, and create into a power- 
ful thought or mind body all the divine attributes that lie 
latent within your soul awaiting your recognition and 
expression, and you will attain a consciousness of power 
that will grow and increase throughout all eternity. 

WALTER DeVOE. 

Woodlawn, Chicago, 111. 



CONTENTS. 



PAGE 

Foreword 3 

Knowledge Is Power g 

Thought, the Supreme Remedy 12 

Healing Peace , 20 

We Grow Like That Which We Study 22 

^Healing Treatment for the Eyes 26 

Man's Relation to the Universal Mind 28 

You Are Power 32 

Positive and Negative Mind 33 

How to Practice Mental Healing 38 

The True Way 47 

A General Healing Treatment 48 

How to Concentrate 51 

Wonderful Possibilities 52 

Depression 57 

I Am All Mind 58 

Indigestion 61 

Teach Your Body to Think ! 63 

The Healing Power of Jesus Jehovah 67 

The Subconscious Mind and Soul Consciousness 69 

Becoming Attuned to the Spirit 74 

A Powerful Statement 80 

Obsession 84 

Treatment for Obsession 85 

The Mystery of Omnipotence 87 

Cultivate Your Will 92 

Building the Temple of Faith 93 

Trust in God 96 

The Word of Power 97 

Nervous Debility 105 

Deny the Imperfect : Affirm the Perfect 106 

Denial of Fear 109 

Deny Mortal Heredity no 

Deny Mortal Weakness in 

Deny the Cause of Disease in 

Treatment for Catarrh 112 

7 



6 



CONTENTS. 



PAGE 

Insomnia 113 

Let Your Soul Express 115 

Ye Are Slumbering Gods ! 1 18 

Awake, My Soul, Awake ! 121 

Soul Development 124 

The Globe of Glory 128 

How to Realize God 134 

Realization 141 

Organization 142 

Pray Without Ceasing 148 

A Healing Prayer 156 

Prayer to Increase Love. 156 

Prayer for Wisdom 157 

Our Father 158 

The God-Man 159 

A Conception of God 163 

Treatment for the Vital Center 170 

Protection 170 

Thus Speaks the Living Soul 171 

Constipation '. 171 

Swellings 172 

Do Unto Others as You Would Be Done By 173 

Affirmations 175 

Addenda 177 

Spirit Hypnotism Seen Clairvoyantly 178 

A Weird Case 186 

Suggestions Regarding Psychic Phenomena 188 

Science and Immortality , . 192 

A Spirit Message 198 

Concentration of Mind 201 

Thought Force in Muscular Development 202 

Thought Affects Blood Currents 203 

Does Thought Attract Success? 204 

Telepathy in Insect Life 204 

A Remarkable Cure by Suggestion 207 

Sight Restored After Being Blind 14 Years 212 

Mrs. M. B. Carse Healed by Prayer 219 

Health Restored by Bath of Fire 221 

Many Helpless from Infirmities Restored 223 

Occult Phenomena Among Hindoos 227 



KNOWLEDGE IS POWER. 

THE great prayer that is arising from souls in- 
carnate is the prayer for more vitality. It is the 
speechless prayer of the whole world; the unut- 
tered longing and desire of every heart for that which 
will enable it to overcome its limitations and find satis- 
faction. 

Scientists of to-day are searching as tirelessly for a 
life-renewing elixir as did Ponce de Leon for the foun- 
tain of youth, but while their sodium and potassium in- 
jected into the blood may be beneficial as a food for the 
system, or as a stimulant, it will not start into activity the 
creative impulse of vitality which produced the organ- 
ism and which lies latent within, always ready to revital- 
ize, renew and heal every part of the physical nature. 

It is not medication that will save the sick and suf- 
fering, but the awakening of the human nature to this 
divine influx, which is health compelling and harmony 
producing to every nature that finds it. People are 
becoming conscious that a heavenly healing vitality awaits 
them, and nothing can hinder their search for the im- 
mortal vigor that shall save their flesh from disease and 
pain and evolve a new type of humanity, which shall be 
fearless and dauntless, healthy and happy in the con- 
scious possession and understanding of the vital princi- 
ple within them, which is, the manifestation of the God- 
life in humanity. 

Matter and flesh cannot create because they are effects. 
They can only manifest the energy infused into them by 

9 



10 



HEALING CURRENTS. 



their cause. Vitality is not a material but a spiritual 
force. Vitality is cause. Vitality is the creative energy 
of the love and intelligence of the God-mind, which holds 
in its embrace every atom of sentient substance. 

It is the vitality of the Divine Mind that we see mani- 
festing in beast, bird, tree and flower, and this same 
vitality is at this moment giving you all the life that you 
manifest, and the Divine Mind can give you as much 
as you can individualize and express. Your lack of 
knowledge of the possibilities of your own nature is 
the only thing that keeps you from growing out of 
your 'weak or sickly condition. KNOWLEDGE IS 
POWER. 

All nature is enlivened by the omnipotent vitality of 
the Divine Mind, and as this is Cause, the human mind 
must seek its vitality from this source, for vitality is a 
mental energy which can be appropriated to an unlimited 
degree, and according as it is recognized will it over- 
come all diseased and depleted conditions of the body. 

New ideas entering the mind bring with them an influx 
of vitality. These thoughts are overflowing with vitality 
and health, and the more you study them the closer your 
mind will get to the Fountain of Life, which will renew 
your body as your mind is renewed with living thoughts 
from the Divine Mind. Patients are often healed while 
studying writings which are filled with the healing inspi- 
ration. If you want to live and be healthy you must 
not think or talk about disease or death. Jesus thought 
and talked about life so much that he demonstrated the 
power to overcome death. 

There is a Source of unlimited vitality, strength and 
energy which has been little looked to since the Great 
Physician walked this plane of earth, and from lack of 
knowledge of this vital impulse the race has suffered 



HEALING CURRENTS. 11 

much, for this knowledge was crucified, or denied out of 
mortal understanding, but is again being resurrected in 
the mind of the race. 

The souls of mortals "cannot live by bread alone," but 
must be fed on the manna of heaven, the thoughts that 
flow out from the Mind of God, before there can be such 
a harmonious union of the human and the divine in man 
as will guarantee his health and happiness and prosperity 
while on the earth. 

You, no matter how poor or sick or miserable you may 
be, are living in the midst of Divine Forces which can 
generate a new health and strength in your body, weave 
prosperity and success into your destiny and make your 
whole life divine and harmonious. The forces that make 
for success are within reach of every mind waiting to be 
polarized and individualized. 

Intelligent and powerful thought forces interpenetrate 
space as magnetic and electric currents flow through 
space, and these potent forces control intelligently all the 
operations of natural law, and, wonderful to know, these 
divine forces are obedient to the mind of man, ready and 
powerful to operate everything for his good, if he will 
but recognize his God-given dominion, thinking the 
thoughts and speaking the words which embody his faith 
in the Almighty Presence and cause it to manifest for his 
benefit. 

Jesus spent much of his time in the wilderness on the 
bosom of God, polarizing by prayer and affirmation the 
power of the Father, that enabled him to overcome 
mighty difficulties. Miracles have always followed those 
who have made their life a song of praise to the living 
God. We may have a wonderful mental power, and 
preach the highest truth, but the power that harmonizes 
and heals is ours only when our mind has entered the 



12 



HEALING CURRENTS. 



pure ocean of bliss, and been magnetized by contact with 
the positive pole of Divinity. Then are we endowed for 
the time being with the power of the Cause of causes, and 
all causes obey the one who realizes this dominion. 
Again and again must one retire from the world and 
unite himself with the source of power, for in overcom- 
ing the conflicting" vibrations of the world-mind the soul 
is constantly in need' of the omnipotent Power that abides 
with the Father. 

%2& i£& £& 



THOUGHT, THE SUPREME REMEDY. 

Mental Science has been scorned and ridiculed by pul- 
pit and press for many years, but it has pushed on in a 
victorious march against the solid mass of the world's 
ignorance, gaining adherents by demonstrating the power 
of thought to cure disease, until to-day we are accorded 
a place and a power in the land as a healing agency 
with even the seal of approval of the United States Su- 
preme Court. 

The hundreds of thousands of "incurables" who have 
been cured by the application of the principles of Mental 
Science have had no weight as evidence with the scientific 
world, but the same Spirit of truth that has inspired so 
many minds with the knowledge of the healing power 
of thought has been active in leading scientific investiga- 
tors to the same conclusions from experimental evidence 
as were attained through intuitive perception by the 
teachers of Mental Science. 

Here are a few words from Prof. Elmer Gates of the 
Smithsonian Institution : 

"I have discovered that bad and unpleasant feelings 
create harmful products in the body which are physically 
injurious. Good, pleasant, benevolent and cheerful feel- 



HEALING CURRENTS. 13 

ings create beneficial chemical products which are physic- 
ally healthful. These products may be detected by 
chemical analysis in the perspiration and secretions of the 
individual. I have more than forty of the bad and as 
many of the good. It is found that for each bad emo- 
tion, there is a corresponding chemical change in the 
tissues of the body, which is life-depressing and poison- 
ous. Contrarywise, every good emotion makes a life- 
promoting change. A noble and generous action blesses 
the doer as well as the beneficiary. Every thought which 
enters the mind is registered in the brain by a change in 
the structure of its cells. The change is a physical change 
more or less permanent." 

The following article brings out another proof of the 
power of thought over the digestive tract. It gives new 
weight to the words of Solomon : "Better is a dinner of 
herbs where love is, than a stalled ox and hatred there- 
with." 

Some experiments on a dog concerning the effects 
of personal liking for various kinds of food on the diges- 
tion were recently made by a well-known scientist. The 
results are curious and interesting. 

It was found that the articles of diet which the animal 
was particularly fond of met with a great flow of the 
gastric juices and were according digested better and 
more quickly. For purposes of observation the gullet 
of the dog was cut in sections and fixed to the neck so 
that the food it ate fell through. The stomach of the 
animal was also divided into two portions, into one of 
which no food was allowed to enter, the other being sup- 
plied only with the food necessary to life. 

If some tempting dainty was held before the dog and 
he evinced the usual signs of pleasure in the expected 
treat, it was noticed that at once the stomach juices 
sprang into play, although the food when swallowed did 
not reach the stomach at all. On the other hand, if he 
was fed with something which he evidently did not have 



14 



HEALING CURRENTS. 



any preference for there was no action of the gastric 
fluid. 

Also, more curious still, when food was introduced 
unknown to the animal into the working half of his 
stomach, it lay there absolutely dry and untouched by 
the digestive juices for several hours, even though the 
food were of the most digestible sort. 

All of which proved conclusively that mere thought 
or favorable brain action of any sort concerning the food 
eaten not only assisted the digestion, but partly caused it. 
Professor Pawlow, who made the experiments, thinks 
this partly at least explains why men of letters are often 
dyspeptic. There minds are busy with things far re- 
moved from their dinners when they are eating. The 
connection between the nerve which sends the important 
message down to the digestive machinery below for more 
oil and the patient engineer of nutrition is cut off. So 
when unexpected orders fo'r deglutition come piling in 
upon them they are not ready and the work is bungled. 
— New York Herald. 

When you stop and give the matter a little thought 
you cannot doubt the power of thought to cause or cure 
disease. Sorrowful thoughts will cause tears to flow from 
the eyes. The thought of eating will start the saliva to 
flowing. Lustful thoughts affect the vital organs in the 
same way, and when they are habitually prevalent in the 
mind they undermine the very foundation of health and 
happiness. 

All the investigations of the world's wisest physicians 
have not brought to light any truth of greater import 
to the race or of any greater physiological value than 
contained in these words of Paul: "To be carnally 
minded is death ; but to be spiritually minded is life and 
peace. ,, 

The race is in bondage to lustful thoughts and pas- 
sions, and the feverish fires of false desires burn so 



HEALING CURRENTS. 15 

fiercely in the natures of so many that the spring of he- 
redity is polluted: at its source, and children are born into 
the world with the carnal propensities predominant, un- 
fitted for a healthy moral manhood by a mental and phys- 
ical nature predisposed to all diseases which spring 
from the scrofulous taint. Lust is the root cause of dis- 
ease and pain in the world, but anger, hatred, revenge, 
cruelty, jealousy and others may be named as doing 
very much to create a hell for humanity while they are 
in the flesh. Any healing science that does not strive 
to eliminate these forces from the human nature, or to 
transform them into divine forces, is incomplete and 
unsuccessful as a healing agent, because these are the 
causes of pain and disease, and unless the cause be eradi- 
cated the disease cannot be entirely dissolved from the 
system. 

There is a power that is ever ready to save human kind 
from the sins and sufferings of ignorance. Divine 
Thought is the power which will heal and harmonize 
every mind and body that comes entirely under its sway 
and dominion. We teach of the Thought of God which 
is bringing so much happiness and health to the sinful 
and suffering at the present time, and it is our constant 
experience that pure, loving thoughts are charged with 
the healing, invigorating potency of the Spirit of God, 
and everyone who will educate his mind to conform to 
divine purity and truth will find the power of God which 
makes for health and happiness. 

Those who have not seen some wonderful demonstra- 
tion in their own lives or in the life of someone very 
close to them are liable to become discouraged if im- 
mediate results do not manifest. Remember that all the 
force of your past thought is against your new faith, 
and that you are just beginning to tear down a mental 



16 



HEALING CURRENTS. 



force running back through heredity for ages, and al- 
though the Thought of God is all powerful, your under- 
standing and exercise of it are to be compared to those 
of the little child just learning to walk; the obstacles seem 
as insurmountable to the child as they do to you, but with 
the same persistent effort you will gain control of the 
powers that are latent in your will and thought, and will 
walk upright in dominion as a conquering Soul of God. 

The body is a mental organism for the production of 
thought force, and a certain amount of thought is neces- 
sary to insure the proper action of its organs. The ex- 
periment of Professor Pawlow proves that thoughtful 
attention will aid nature in her processes. 

If you have been in the habit of eating your meals with 
your whole thought concentrated on business schemes, 
you will understand the cause of your indigestion. The 
strenuous mental life of the modern business or profes- 
sional person tends to project all the mental forces out- 
side of the body, consequently the physical forces go on 
a strike, and some part of the physical organism is closed 
down until the manager of the body is compelled to give 
his helpers more thought and attention. The same con- 
dition is apparent in Nostalgia or homesickness, which 
was a frequent cause of death among the American sol- 
diers in the war with Spain. 

Young men became sick with longings for home, until 
their thoughts seemed to live back in their distant home 
among their friends, and in consequence all their organ- 
izing power of thought was projected away from the 
body, until there remained not enough force to keep the 
body alive. 

The persistent use of the mind in connection with ex- 
ternal things must be followed daily by just as persistent 
concentration of the thought into the body, or else de- 



HEALING CURRENTS. 17 

generation of the flesh and inaction of the physical func- 
tions will result 

Appendicitis is one of the results of lack of thought- 
force in the flesh. 

Thought infused into the flesh makes it positively 
healthy and resistant to disease. There is absolutely no 
need for anyone to have appendicitis if he keep his liver 
active and his bowels open and free with energetic 
thoughts focused into the body daily. 

When one feels the first symptoms of appendicitis he 
is apt to become hypnotized by that terrible fear which 
is everywhere prevalent in regard to this disease, and 
this thought alone is capable of paralyzing all the heal- 
ing activity of the bowels. 

The bowels should first be purged. If your thought 
has not gained dominion in this respect, do not hesitate 
to aid nature with any means knowledge has placed at 
your disposal. All is mind, and an emergency may re- 
quire that your negative body-mind receive a stimulus 
from some of the more tangible expressions of the uni- 
versal Mind. Use your thought with all its intensity to- 
ward infusing the spot affected with intelligent active 
energy. Do not let fear enter your mind. Have faith 
in the healing power of your own life, and know that 
your positive faith is intensifying the healing intelligence 
in your body and making you a magnet for all the heal- 
ing life pervading the universal Mind of God. Know 
that the Spirit of the Almighty Mind is flowing into your 
positive thoughts of faith and making them alive with 
healing energy. Repeat over and over to the latent in- 
telligence in the bowels: "You are the Spirit of Al- 
mighty life in action. The Mind of God is powerful to 
restore harmony to all these parts." As an aid to cen- 
teringthe thoughts, place the hands on the part you are 



18 



HEALING CURRENTS. 



treating, or better still, rub the hands in opposite direc- 
tions across the front and back part of the body. This 
will electrify all the flesh with a more positive energy. 

I was, a few years ago, saved a trip to the hospital 
by the persistent practice of the above method. It was a 
well-defined case of appendicitis, and it did seem at times 
that I had met my Waterloo, but I knew that I must 
conquer or die under the knife. It took me several days 
and nights, but I conquered, and live to teach the chil- 
dren of the Father that within their nature slumbers a 
soul power from God, capable, when awakened and 
expressed through thought, of recreating and restoring 
perfect action in every part of the body. 

We are mental creatures, and our life is in our mind. 
Our happiness depends on our state of mind. Our phys- 
ical conditions - exhibit our frame of mind, and we can 
only progress in life and create a proper destiny as we 
cultivate the thinking which is' common to the Mind of 
God. 

Mind is positive and negative. Mortal mind is nega- 
tive — undeveloped. The God Mind is positive — devel- 
oped in wisdom. 

Whatever thoughts we listen to or speak or whatever 
thoughts we allow to remain in our mind will bear fruit. 

Condemnation, envy, prejudice and all the thoughts 
and words of mortal mind are negative. They are noth- 
ing and lead to nothing, which is dissolution. The words 
of truth will gain the mastery over all the beliefs and ex- 
pressions of error, for these are negative conditions which 
the positive thoughts of truth overcome. 

Beliefs of sin, sickness and death are also negative, and 
we can free ourselves from these thoughts by denial of 
them, and we can place our mind in unity with the posi- 
tive pole of life and peace by the affirmation of truth. 



HEALING CURRENTS. 19 

We are one with the almighty goodness of God now. 
Every mind lives in and draws its life from the Mind of 
God, and all can and will grow out of their negative be- 
liefs and conditions by the recognition that they are man- 
ifestations of the God life, and all can think the thoughts 
of God, thus growing into a conscious knowledge and 
realization of His presence and power. 

While we are thinking the thoughts of the world, we 
are living in mental and spiritual darkness, and in this 
state of mind we cannot hope to enjoy life or peace or 
prosperity from God, for all real enjoyment is in the light 
of truth. An abiding satisfaction flows into our mind 
as we charge it with the thoughts based on the truth 
of Infinite goodness and love. 

We have no power or substance or intelligence but 
God the Good, and this is true of all beings and all things. 
This is the saving truth that frees and heals. All life is 
good and full of healing power. 

All intelligence is good, and can manifest perfection. 
All substances are good, and will reveal more and more 
that they are intelligent as the truth about them is recog- 
nized. * 

Energize these thoughts in your mind by repetition: 

I am living the life of eternal peace, for my life is one 
with the life of God, which is peace. 

I desire to think only the thoughts that tend to life 
and peace, thus uniting myself with the divine source 
of all wisdom and love. 

I know that I am the mind of truth expressing, and I 
think and feel that Almighty Goodness now dominates 
all my world. 

The Spirit of Goodness is omnipresent. It is all that 
I need or want. 

I do not place any thoughts or conditions between my- 
self and God. 



20 



HEALING CURRENTS. 



Every claim that I make that is opposite to the Spirit 
of Goodness is a negation of my eternal life with God, 
and hides God from me. God can do all things for me 
if I am true to His thoughts and have His faith, which 
is the affirmation of the Power of the All-Good. 

I am life. I am health. I am joy. I am prosperity. 
My love is of God and for the truth, and I constantly fill 
my mind with positive thoughts of truth, which create 
good and harmonious conditions for me. 

There is only One Mind, the Mind of God, full of 
divine life and intelligence for all, overflowing with heal- 
ing love and uplifting light. 

I raise my mind from all appearances of limitation 
to the consciousness of the one Omnipotent Power and 
affirm that I am the recipient of all its goodness and love. 

I negate from my being all the feelings and thoughts 
of the world, and individualize the thoughts based on my 
unity with God the Good, for I am the spoken word of 
Almighty God, and I manifest His intelligent goodness 
now and forever. 

^5* ^3* t&* 



HEALING PEACE. 

This treatment will place you in touch with the healing 
streams that flow from the Celestial Presence of Jehovah 
Jehovah. 

The name Jehovah — twice repeated — relates the mind 
to the holiest states of the Divine Mind. The mind be- 
comes united through this name with the state of in- 
finite peace wherein abide the holiest and wisest angels 
of God, and through this telepathic sympathy there vi- 
brate to the receptive mind holy, peaceful, healing ema- 
nations, which harmonize all mental disturbances and 



HEALING CURRENTS. 21 

bring the peace that passeth mortal understanding. This 
name may be used effectively whenever and wherever 
peace is desired, for self or for others. 

Retire from the world when you can — after your daily 
duties are over — and contemplate the healing power con- 
tained in this holiest of names. When you desire to in- 
breathe the emanations that come from the use of this 
celestial name, put all mortal thought aside, and in the 
utmost meekness and humility of mind bow down before 
the Majesty of that Mysterious Power that resides in the 
angelic spheres, and also within the inmost recesses of 
your soul, and your spiritual poverty will be filled from 
the illimitable fullness and boundless love of the Father, 
Praise His Holy Name. 

From a meek and lowly chamber of your soul there 
bubbles forth the ethereal waters of peace. There is a 
region within you akin to that essential realm of Jehovah 
Jehovah, where the crystal sea of Truth is stirred by the 
vital breath of the Infinite One and the murmuring 
waves whisper words of peace and everlasting serenity. 

You now listen to the voice of omnipotent peace, and 
the ethereal peace of the Spirit infuses your whole nature 
with the harmony of heaven. 

The crystal Sea at the root of your soul finds your 
mind meek and lowly and receptive to its waters of peace 
that gently flow into your mind and harmonize your 
thoughts with heavenly rest. 

The ethereal potency of the peaceful presence of Je- 
hovah Jehovah is now permeating your whole being, and 
all the atoms of your throat and lungs obey this one law 
of peace and harmony. 

Healing, soothing peace is the only presence and the 
only power in your bronchial tubes. You are saturated 
with the healing glory of Jehovah Jehovah, and there is 



22 



HEALING CURRENTS. 



no cause for mental or physical friction in this Holy 
Presence. 

You are in the peaceful glory of the Infinite One, and 
there cannot be anything in you or around you but bound- 
less peace and love and harmony. 

There are no mortal minds at war. All is infinite 
peace. 

There is no bondage to lust or love. All is eternal har- 
mony. 

There is no vanity or pride, for the essential Meekness 
reigns supreme in all. 

All the cells of your nature rejoice in the free light of 
boundless peace, and inbreathe the peaceful vitality of 
Eternity. 

Glory to Jehovah Jehovah for the healing peace from 
the exalted spheres of heavenly, harmonious Love. All 
is Peace. 



WE GROW LIKE THAT WHICH WE STUDY. 

Noted throat specialists have died of ailments of the 
throat, insanity experts have become as mad as their pa- 
tients, and tuberculosis students have often succumbed to 
the tiny germ of consumption. He who studies the 
power of disease will find disease and death creeping over 
his whole organism, and he who gives his attention to 
the power of life will find the power that transforms him 
into health and perfection. 

We are all mind. We live in an ocean of mind, and 
we are each a polarizing center capable of drawing into 
our being any quality of mind we may desire to incor- 
porate. 

Looking at the universe from the physical standpoint, 
it is a vast ocean of matter or negative mind. This ocean 



HEALING CURRENTS. 23 

of living force is constantly in flux, like the water that is 
part of one whirlpool one minute and the next has gone 
to form a gigantic wave. So the atoms of negative mind 
are building up one body to-day, and to-morrow that 
body has disintegrated and those same atoms have gone 
to form another body. The planet is one center of force, 
and the trees and animals and our bodies are still other 
centers organized for the time being from the substance 
of the universe. But if all this force is constantly in flux, 
and not bound by any ties other than the attraction of the 
moment, what is it that holds our bodies and the bodies 
of all things in the form in which they appear? It is 
here that we see the power of the invisible cause, the at- 
tractiveness of that positive center of mind that draws 
around itself a body of physical atoms. We see that the 
positive invisible pole of being has power over the world 
of visible effects. 

The organized form of positive mind is the positive 
pole of attraction. The positive mind of the plant has 
learned to polarize atoms into the beautiful form of ver- 
dure. The mind of the plant is organized from the in- 
finite Spirit of life, and it has dominion over the atoms 
of negative substance, and it is developing a still stronger 
power by this process of organizing forms, so that after 
it has accomplished all that it can with one form, it will 
have gained the wisdom to organize a still higher and 
more complex form of life. We are polarizing as much 
of life as we understand, and as we understand more we 
will use our powers of mind to organize into form the 
deeper realities of the Spirit of truth. 

The complexity of the form will depend upon the 
power of the mind back of the form which is holding it 
in organization. Its quality will also be determined by 
the quality of the mind that does the polarizing. This 



24 



HEALING CURRENTS. 



is illustrated by the fact that no two people get the same 
benefit from like foods. What is nourishment for one 
man is poison for another. You may feed two persons 
the same quantity of meat per meal; one will grow fat 
while the other remains as thin as a greyhound. One 
has attributes of mind which find and attract to them- 
selves corresponding chemicals in the meat, and the other, 
not having the mental qualities that are nourished by a 
meat diet, will not build up on that substance. 

It has been noted that those who study the heavens live 
to a goodly age. The mind of the astronomer opens up 
to the unfolding spaces of infinitude, with their teeming 
world systems, and in searching out the meaning of it all 
he imbreathes some of the Spirit of truth. 

Minds centered upon the cares of the world, and busy 
with the small duties of life, need to be opened by study 
and contemplation to the grandeur of the great God 
whose marvelous presence is manifest in all the laws 
and forms of the universe. Students should seek that 
instruction which opens the mind to the mighty spirit 
of life. This is necessary, that the mind may receive 
new life and the power to manifest life in endless abun j 
dance. 

Says the voice of truth: "I am come that ye might 
have life, and have it more abundantly." The truth re- 
veals the life which was always here but which we did 
not recognize. And our recognition opens up our mind 
to receive of its blessing. Recognition grows into faith, 
and faith builds up the mental forces that polarize life. 

As we walk through the park or in the woods we 
should know that the contact of our feet with the ground 
is giving us of the magnetic vitality of Mother Nature. 
The air is filled with invigorating vitality, the sun is 
pouring its mighty life into our being, and the beauty and 



HEALING CURRENTS. 25 

grace of God manifest in it all are giving us a mag- 
netic, mental and soul treatment that ought to tune 
our mind to infinite life and health. We are healed 
because it is the presence of God that we recog- 
nize. Let us contemplate the beauty and power of the 
God-presence that is all and in all, and we will be har- 
monized by its mighty harmonies and feel the thrill of the 
divine consciousness pervading our being. We will 
grow like that which we study. 

It has been discovered that the perfume and color of 
roses will soothe the nerves and often cure a headache. 
To conoentrate the mind upon one of these forms of na- 
ture's beauty and grace brings our nature into unity with 
the Spirit of universal nature, which is the Presence of 
God. Each one of nature's forms is a key to the king- 
dom of life, of beauty and of endless wisdom. All forms 
are but the physical manifestation of spiritual entities, 
and these spiritual entities or minds are drawing their in- 
telligence and power from the infinite source. They are 
the One infinite intelligence made manifest, so we can say 
that nature as a whole is a form of God. If we will ex- 
amine any of the forms of life we will come in touch 
with a wisdom and skill so profound that our deepest 
thinking cannot compass it. And we as organized 
beings stand at the head of all nature's manifesta- 
tions. We already have dominion over the negative 
mind of nature. The fact that our spiritual nature has 
organized this form and has the power to hold it in life 
and to give activity to all its functions proves that we are 
endowed with dominion. Now we are coming to the con- 
sciousness that our thought has built the character that 
is the invisible pattern upon which our flesh is woven, 
and that our thought, rightly cultivated, can increase our 
organizing power. Our thought can make for us a body 



26 HEALING CURRENTS. 

of health or a body of pain. Let us study the mighty life 
within and all about us, that our thoughts may be filled 
with the breath of the divine Spirit, and our bodies re- 
newed and reformed into living images of health and 
perfection. 

Thousands of chronic ailments have been healed in 
those who desired health and knew that they could get 
it through study of the Nev^ Thought literature. The 
desire for healing and the constant study of the heal- 
ing words opened their nature to the omnipotent life that 
is always seeking to image forth its own likeness of in- 
finite health and perfection. The Holy Spirit of God 
never ceases its healing ministrations. If we do not 
know of its goodness and mercy, we cannot have faith in 
its operation, and without knowledge of the transform- 
ing power we cannot be receptive to its influx, because 
it flows through our knowledge into our body. The 
more knowledge we have of spiritual realities, the more 
vibrant our mind becomes with the living Breath of 
heaven, and joyous vitality from the streams of eternal 
life bubbles up within us and fills us with the conscious- 
ness of unity with the Father, so that we rejoice per- 
petually in the knowledge of the Presence and Power of 
our God. 

t<$* «5* «5* 

HEALING TREATMENT FOR THE EYES. 

I know the seeing power resident within my eyes can 
overcome every limitation of my flesh. 

I have faith in the perfect intelligence which sees 
through my eyes. 

My vision is corrected by the living presence of Jesus 
Christ. 



HEALING CURRENTS. 27 

The presence of Jesus Jehovah within my soul is my 
purity and perfection. My vision is not limited by any 
lustful thoughts and feelings. I am cleansed and purified 
of all hereditary and race lusts by the Holy Spirit. 

Every atom of my eyes and optic nerves is intelligent 
and obedient to the law of perfect formation, manifest- 
ing the beauty and grace of divine perfection. 

I will that my eyes shall manifest the perfect seeing 
power of the Spirit. 

I am the clear, unlimited sight of God. I will manifest 
my perfect sight. 

I know that the almighty power of perfection is pres- 
ent within my soul and my soul infuses every atom of my 
body. I will make every atom so positive with my words 
of faith that only perfection can come into expression. 

I, as a soul of God, have unlimited seeing ability. 

I have faith that my awakening soul will reorganize the 
structure of my eyes. My soul has the intelligent ability 
which enables it to refocus the lens in my eyes so that I 
see all objects distinctly and clearly. My soul is NOW 
readjusting the focus of my eyes. 

I patiently and trustingly wait upon the Spirit within 
my soul, and give it the strength of my faith while it is 
readjusting the lens and creating perfect vision. 

FATHER! I thank Thee that my prayer of faith is 
heard, that my thoughts of perfect faith are sown in the 
substance of my eyes, and shall bear fruit in perfect 
sight, to the glory of Thy indwelling Spirit. 

The experience of many who have demonstrated over 
near and far sightedness and other defects of the eyes 
has proved conclusively that in the mind is the organizing 
power which shapes the structure of the eyes. All that 
remains to be done, then, is the persistent concentration of 






28 HEALING CURRENTS. 

this thought power long enough to bring the desired re- 
sult. Failure is due to lack of faith in this power, or 
lack of sufficient desire to inspire the continued practice 
of the method until results are manifest. This is the law. 
Results will prove when it has been fulfilled. 

t2& t&& t&* 

MAN'S RELATION TO THE UNIVERSAL MIND. 

The universe is one vast Mind, expressing itself in 
all the manifold forms of vitality and intelligence. 
There are two poles to this great Mind — positive and 
negative — for it is a mighty magnet of living, attractive 
force. And if we gain a comprehension of the law of 
attraction that radiates out from the positive pole of life, 
holding suns and systems of, suns as well as man and 
every atom of created life in obedience to its one law ; if 
we understand this law of life, we shall know how to 
fulfill the law in order to progress to the highest attain- 
ments ; how to overcome every obstacle to the success of 
our endeavors. 

The sun of our solar system is the positive pole of at- 
traction, which holds the negative planetary spheres sub- 
ject to its controlling influence, and radiates to all planets 
the vibrations which we sense as light and heat. The 
sun in turn is negative and obedient to the influence of 
some more positive sun of magnetic force, a mightier 
center which regulates the movement of solar systems. 

And yet this vast physical universe of created worlds 
and suns is, as a whole, but the negative pole of the Mind 
of God. It is the lowest degree of expression of that 
Great Mind. It is the most inert or negative condition of 
mind possible. The name matter should not be applied 



HEALING CURRENTS. 29 

to this universal physical substance, because the word is 
used to express the idea of deadness or absence of life, 
and there is not an atom in all the universe utterly devoid 
of vitality or intelligence. All is Mind, an intelligent 
Mind evolving and expressing more and more of its 
dormant energy in all substance. Progression is natural 
to all life. 

We have grown to our present state of positive intel- 
ligence through long, hard experience, so that it is well 
for us now to acquaint ourselves with the aspect of the 
positive pole of Mind, the source of all happiness, health 
I and prosperity. Therefore we turn our attention from 
the plane of forgetfulness to the plane of endless con- 
sciousness. 

The positive pole of Mind is the individualization and 
revelation of all the qualities and attributes of the Eter- 
nal Being. It is the Great I Am, the unceasing affirma- 
tion and expression of all the love, wisdom and power 
of the Infinite Unknown. It is the Great Sun of God, 
forever radiating intelligence and life to all planes of 
Mind, to all worlds and all beings. 

These radiations of mental energy from the Sun of 
God fill the objective heavenly realms with the glory of 
divine love and wisdom, flowing out through all states of 
the universal mind until they reach the limit of the orbit 
of evolution, when they commence to individualize, evolve 
and progress back to their source through crystal, veg- 
etable, animal and human forms, until the human mind 
and the Divine Mind, blend in conscious unity, and the 
mortal realizes the immortality of the Sons of God. So 
we see that the origin of all is God, and that all forms 
and minds are manifestations of God, evolving slowly but 
surely the latent possibilities of vitality and intelligence 
within them, until they become gods, with the conscious 



30 HEALING CURRENTS. 

ability to mold their life and destiny as they will, thus 
manifesting the will of God. 

Now for the practical application of these thoughts. 
We are compelled to progress from negative to positive 
continually through the experience we gain in the bat- 
tle for existence, but if we are willing to learn the laws 
of mind and apply them constantly in working life's 
problems, we shall develop more rapidly in intelligence, 
and we shall realize the happiness and success that come 
from fulfilling the divine laws. 

The positive pole of the thinking individual is that 
controlling power of the mind which affirms, I am, I 
will. This is the magnetic core to which everything of 
the nature responds. 

Man is a magnet, an epitome of the Great Magnet, and 
through his positive pole he can appropriate and indi- 
vidualize somewhat of all the qualities and powers of the 
whole, for this power of affirmation unites him to the 
positive pole of the Divine Mind and enables him to draw 
from this Radiant Center everything that he may need 
for the expansion and growth of his own nature. 

There is no limit to the supply. It is equal to the de- 
mand, and manifests for man's use when he understands 
how to appropriate through the exercise of the magnetic 
power of his mind. He must know that the positive pole 
of all Being is the real center of his own being, the Im- 
age into whose Likeness he is gradually growing. By 
identifying himself with the qualities which radiate from 
this mighty center, and affirming them for his own being, 
as the qualities that belong to all intelligence, latent or de- 
veloped, he will build up the positive forces of mind that 
will overcome every negative condition of body or affairs. 

Failure, sickness and misery are not real forces ; they 
are not positive elements, but the lack of such ; they are 



HEALING CURRENTS. 31 

the result of negative conditions of the mind, and are in- 
dications of a lack of vitality or knowledge. 

The intelligence in the nature strives of itself to over- 
come diseased conditions, to remove irritating obstruc- 
tions, and to eliminate poisons from the system. This is 
recognized by physicians, who give remedies merely to 
aid nature in her work. 

If the intelligence of the nature can produce health, 
then if this bodily intelligence is intensified, greater heal- 
ing powers will result. The mind can polarize the 
needed vitality and intelligence and draw it into bodily 
expression from the radiations that fill the mind of the 
world, by the mental affirmation, I am Life, I am Intel- 
ligence, I am filled with the Healing Power of the Mind 
of God. 

The clouds of misery, fear and discouragement can 
likewise be dissolved from the mind by lifting it from 
these negative thought currents into the positive cur- 
rents of joyous life, strength and unfaltering courage 
through affirming, I am, I know I am, and there is noth- 
ing greater than I am. My mind is filled with the light 
and happiness of true thinking, and I inspire faith and 
courage with every breath I breathe. 

The mind may in this way be educated to a strong and 
substantial faith in its own powers ; it will realize that 
success is a positive attribute of intelligence, and it should 
work and study unceasingly to individualize intelligence 
by this mental culture until the whole character is 
changed. Then it will feel the strength and power to 
carry all its designs into successful execution. 

Prosperity will attend the mind that realizes that all 
material things are subject to its influence when it lives 
up to this truth. This will be demonstrated as the mind 
casts out all beliefs of lack or want, and is trained to 






32 HEALING CURRENTS. 

know that I am success. I am prosperity. I am a 
mighty magnet for money. I draw to myself every- 
thing that I desire to make my life comfortable and 
complete. I will manifest the vitality and intelligence 
of God, and enjoy health, happiness and prosperity in all 
my ways, 

^* c^* &7* 

YOU ARE POWER! 

Tremendous energy and power are stored in your soul, 
more than enough for every physical need. By con- 
tinuous affirmation you can bring this power into mani- 
festation. The patient affirmation of truth continued with 
persistence — with conviction that all you desire will be 
accomplished — is the power of faith to bring about all 
good. Here are some rousing statements : 

I am a soul organized of the potencies of the living, 
eternal God. I call all my soul power into action to 
quicken all my organs, and reorganize my body into an 
image of health and perfection. 

God is the power that works through my soul to 
quicken and purify and spiritualize my flesh. My soul is 
the power that polarizes the atoms and holds my body in 
form according to the mental pattern. I am not bound 
by any mortal or spiritual limitations. I do not condemn 
myself to grossness. The race beliefs of the deadness 
and grossness of matter and flesh are dissolved from my 
mind. There is no deadness or sluggishness in my flesh. 
It is alive throughout every organ and atom with mental 
energy and intelligence. I will arouse the dormant powers 
of my soul and so infuse my body with new life and in- 
telligence that every particle will tingle and thrill with 
the vitality and health of Almighty God. I am all mind. 
My body will respond to everv thought and feeling cen- 



HEALING CURRENTS. 33 

tered in it. I will cultivate the force and negative intelli- 
gence in my flesh until it becomes responsive and active, 
until it becomes living thought energy, and obeys the will 
of my soul. I will infuse all the life and power of my 
immortal soul into my flesh. I MUST be quickened and 
spiritualized. I MUST vibrate with life. The intelli- 
gence latent in every organ must be aroused to operate 
in divine harmony for the health of the whole body. I 
bless every internal organ with the cleansing activity of 
the Spirit of God, which pours through my soul into my 
mind and fills the blood with the cleansing waters of life. 
Read these statements over a number of times daily, 
and pick out someone for special emphasis. The mighty 
power of God is in and all around you awaiting your 
word of appropriation. You can speak words of truth 
until verily your whole nature will be the vibrating Word 
of power manifesting. 

t&*i £* 10* 

POSITIVE AND NEGATIVE MIND. 

The mental healer works upon the theory that All is 
Mind; that every object in existence is an individualized 
form of the Universal Mind in one degree or another of 
development or evolution; that the human mind is the 
highest type of evolved intelligence, and that it can ex- 
press more and more of health and perfection through 
appropriation of the qualities of the Divine Mind, of 
which it is a self-conscious expression. 

Consistent with this premise the body is viewed as 
mind also, negative mind to be sure, but a substance 
potential with vitality and intelligence, every cell of which 
is capable of manifesting perfection and of acting in har- 
mony with every other cell toward the health and per- 
fection of the whole. 



34 



HEALING CURRENTS. 



This places the human being in the aspect of a living 
battery of mental energy, the thought power being the 
positive pole and the flesh the negative pole ; and through 
the constant action of the thought power the individual 
is polarizing the thought substance from the universal 
Mind, and the body responds to the thought power and 
organizes the cells to conform to the characteristics of the 
mental qualities individualized. In other words, the 
character of the individual is expressed in every cell of 
his nature, because the character of mind polarizes and 
qualifies the bodily cells. 

It is the constant action of the mental forces of the 
human magnet that produces all the involuntary actions 
of digestion, breathing, heart-pumping, etc., and holds 
the nature in active organization. When either pole 
of the battery is injured the whole being suffers in con- 
sequence. 

The mental healer understands that diseased conditions 
of the patient are often visible expressions of discordant 
mental action, the embodied effect of some of the pa- 
tient's thoughts; and through his thought power — which 
is transferable from one human battery to another, as 
electric impulses are sent through space without wires — 
the healer seeks to inspire the patient's mind with 
thoughts that will counteract the effect already produced 
and cause a new physical effect of a more perfect 
character. 

It is seen that the germ theory of disease does not con- 
tradict this teaching of mental causation, when it is 
remembered that the basic principle of this Science is: 
All is Mind, and all thoughts seek embodiment in organ- 
ized form. For instance, the parasite of cancer is a 
certain quality of thought individualized; the thought is 
the positive pole and the germ form the negative pole of 
that particular type, as of all types of mental energy, and 



HEALING CURRENTS. 35 

the quality of mind productive of cancerous conditions 
may be handed down from parent to child, passive in 
one generation and active in the next. 

These germs are at most but negative forms of uncon- 
scious or undeveloped mind, and they can be entirely 
overcome by the positive thought of the mind that rec- 
ognizes its own power. 

All so-called matter is a storehouse of potential life 
and energy; it is the intelligence and power of the uni- 
versal Mind crystallized and at rest: it is the embodi- 
ment of the mighty forces and energies of the God Mind ; 
it is the negative pole of the battery of life, and every 
power and quality of the divine Mind will be found ex- 
pressed in the visible nature of God. 

All the remedies used by the physicians are forms of 
mental energy, and their quality and power are more 
positive than the diseased conditions they counteract and 
overcome. 

The mental healer applies a positive thought force to 
the mind of the patient, and through the mind it acts on 
the mind's organization, while the physician applies a 
negative form of thought to the body, from which it re- 
acts on the mind. One works on the positive pole and the 
other on the negative pole of the individual, and both get 
results equal to their intelligent efforts. 

Both methods are good and serviceable according to 
the development of the individual. The best results will 
not be accomplished by flying to the one extreme of look- 
ing to the Spirit and ignoring the needs of the body en- 
tirely, nor by going to the other of applying the physical 
elements needful toward the healing, but not recogniz- 
ing the mind which organizes these elements and pro- 
duces the perfect result. 

Man is a composite entity, having a body, soul and 
spirit that relate him to the Body, Soul and Spirit of 



36 HEALING CURRENTS. 

God, or the Grand Universe, and he must use discrimi- 
native knowledge if he would keep himself adjusted and 
in harmony with the Whole. 

When the human mind is consciously in unity with 
the Mind of God, and illumined by the principles of di- 
vine knowledge, every fact that has ever been discovered 
will glorify God and reveal the action of the Mind of God 
in every sphere of existence, and in every atom of so- 
called matter. When viewed from the exalted standpoint 
of the One Great Mind, all the facts which the scientific 
investigators have discovered will coincide and agree with 
all the revelations that have dawned upon the intuitive 
perceptions of man. 

Man will evolve to that condition of mastery over his 
physical nature where he will escape all the ills of the 
flesh and many other ills beside, when he gains the 
knowledge of his unity with the divine Mind, and realizes 
that he can individualize those potent qualities of mind 
which image forth the likeness of the divine Being; that 
he can have perfect health and perfect happiness only by 
having a perfect divine character. 

Man must understand that the currents of his thinking 
qualify the blood and nerve currents, which control and 
feed every organ, muscle and fiber of his complex phys- 
ical organism, and that there lies within his mental 
grasp the power to control every action of his nature. 
Through the wonderful action and reaction of his posi- 
tive and negative mind, backed up by the Universal In- 
telligence, the processes of life have been going on un- 
consciously, and the human mind has not realized that it 
was the cause of all its discordant conditions, and could 
just as easily cause harmonious conditions. 

The body, the negative pole of the human battery, is 
responding every instant to the thoughts that are gen- 



HEALING CURRENTS. 37 

erated by the positive pole, and as the mind becomes 
more intelligent and more conscious of its power, it will 
grow more positive and infuse the flesh with its positive 
intelligence, giving it vitality and strength to overcome 
every diseased condition. 

Man is not only ignorant of his unity with the uni- 
versal Mind, but he is also busily engaged in thinking 
thoughts that do not conform to divine ideas, nor ex- 
press the qualities which characterize the thoughts that 
emanate from the positive pole of the divine Mind ; he is 
generating thoughts of lust, hatred, condemnation, fear, 
malice, selfishness, revenge, cruelty, jealousy and envy, 
which come into physical expression as a host of abnor- 
mal bodily conditions. All such thoughts are mortal and 
tend toward disease and the disintegration of the hu- 
man magnet. They produce currents which cross with 
the currents of life and health and destroy the electro- 
magnetic machine, while the thoughts of the divine Mind 
— purity, love, praise, courage, power, joy, freedom, suc- 
cess, and good will — are immortal and filled with the life 
eternal; they are most positive and have the power to 
convert, transform and reorganize all the mortal and neg- 
ative thoughts and resultant conditions into health, har- 
mony and happiness. 

As all space is filled with the electric fluid, which only 
becomes manifest though the dynamo which generates 
it, so in like manner the whole of Immensity is irradiant 
with the beneficent healing Thought of the Divine Mind 
— the Holy Spirit — which will come into action by being 
polarized to the positive pole of the human magnet. 

This mighty Mind of God is manifesting its love, wis- 
dom and power throughout the whole of its vast crea- 
tion ; it is individualizing its thought wherever there is 
form or life, and inspiring all creatures with the great 






38 HEALING CURRENTS. 

vital impulse which causes them to progress in the on- 
ward and upward movement of evolution, from the pole 
of negative or undeveloped mind to the positive pole of 
conscious life and intelligence. 

%C& %£& l2& 

HOW TO PRACTICE MENTAL HEALING. 

The central attraction of the New Thought has been 
the great fact of its healing power. There has come a 
mighty wave of New Thought into the mind of the race 
which has brought with it a merciful vitality for the 
strengthening of the weak, the healing of the sick and the 
soothing of all pain. The Angel of Goodness is stirring 
the pool of life and all who will may have health and 
peace in overflowing abundance. 

If you are seeking health, physical, mental or spiritual, 
it is essential first of all that you thoroughly grasp this 
fact, that you are all mind through and through from 
soul to physical atoms. You believe that you are part 
mind and part matter; that part of your nature is intel- 
ligent and the rest is inert and unresponsive, except to 
powerful drugs and stimulants. But the fact of the mat- 
ter is, every nerve and muscle and atom is responsive to 
the action of your mind. You are organized intelligence. 
You are all mind. You have been in the habit of think- 
ing that all the? mind you had was situated in your brain. 
To be sure, your brain is the most positive center of men- 
tal action, and from its substance you generate the con- 
scious thought that inspires and affects every negative 
center in your body. If you but stop to think, you will ac- 
knowledge that there is an instinctive intelligence oper- 



HEALING CURRENTS. 39 

ative in the involuntary action of your heart and lungs, 
and even in every organ of your body. There is wisdom 
expressed in the adaptation of every bone and muscle and 
organ to its proper uses. And this wisdom is a creative 
intelligence constantly operative in your physical organi- 
zation. You know your will has dominion over matter, 
for your will, operating through your arm, can move an 
inert object. Now that same mental force which acts 
through your will to lift a heavy weight into the air, or 
to walk your one or two hundred pounds of flesh the dis- 
tance of a mile or more, is the same mind that is organ- 
izing and reorganizing every part of your body, and it is 
this mental force that can be educated to heal your body 
and keep you in health. You have misdirected this won- 
derful force and it has caused you sickness and pain. 

If you have been fearful of God or man or the devil, 
you have congealed the secretions and by your fearful 
thoughts retarded the action of some physical function. 
You should learn of the love that overcomes all fear. 
Heavy charges of electricity will burn out the wires and 
connections in an electric battery, and if you consider that 
your organization is a mental battery, you will not be sur- 
prised that heavy charges of anger paralyze the delicate 
nerve wires and burn out brain cells in such abundance 
that mental action is no longer possible. Passion will 
poison the blood and destroy digestion. Fright has been 
known to turn the hair white in a single night, and ex- 
cessive joy has so affected the whole organization as to 
cause sudden death. 

Woven into your mind are all the false beliefs and 
feelings of the race, which are the real causes for all men- 
tal and physical tribulations. The true philosophy, of life 
will correct these and unite you to the fountain of ever- 



40 HEALING CURRENTS. 

lasting life and love from which will bubble forth a joy- 
ous life and strength sufficient for every need. 

The second point of importance for you to understand 
is the marvelous fact that thoughts are forces endowed 
with an intelligence which enables them to be directed 
to accomplish what you will, in your body or in the body 
of a friend. As angels of mercy and love are sent out 
from the Almighty Presence to carry blessings to human- 
ity, so from your mind are sent out thoughts endowed 
with your quality of intelligence, which go forth to cause 
peace or pain wherever they may be sent. You have 
probably not realized the importance of that truth which 
says that God gave man dominion over everything less 
positive than himself. "Ye are gods," said David and 
Jesus. You have been endowed by the Almighty with 
dominion over every negative state of youn body-mind. 
The will power which you 'have received from your 
Father is creative in potency, and you can create health 
and happiness by working in unity with the love and 
wisdom of God. 

Disease and pain are the results of a lack of strength 
or intelligence in the inharmonious organ. You can con- 
sciously increase the force and intelligence in every organ 
of your body by thinking of the organ as an intelligent 
thing and blessing it with your mental power of thought. 
Take the heart for instance. You know that mental ex- 
citement or fear will increase or disturb the heart's action. 
If the heart is weak in action, speak strength to it in this 
way: "I am strong and courageous, and I fill you with 
my strength and courage. (It is not necessary to repeat 
the words aloud.) You are organized life and intelli- 
gence. You are active with the life of God, and there is 
nothing to limit your strength and power." Repeating 



HEALING CURRENTS. 41 

such words constantly will develop strength in the weak- 
est heart and cause it to do its duty without a murmur. 
The bodily organs are like children or animals ; they ap- 
preciate love and attention. We are thinking so much of 
external things that all our thought force is spent outside 
of the body, and when we do think of any particular or- 
gan it is with a fear or condemnation that it will not do 
its duty. Such thoughts go into the organ thought of 
and work to limit its action. Every time we think or 
speak of our weakness or limit in thought the action of 
any bodily function, we are actually tearing down the 
strength and power of our organization. We must un- 
derstand that as children of the Almighty we are en- 
dowed with aJLpower and intelligence, and that we limit 
or expand our powers by the action of our own mind. If 
we build a mind of faith in the Presence and Power of 
God in our midst, our faith lays hold of and brings His 
divine life and intelligence into operation. And likewise, 
if we place any limit upon our own abilities, whether in 
the ability to manifest health or success in any department 
of life, just in that degree do we limit the action of the 
Almighty in our behalf. God is glorified in glorifying 
His children ; in making of them gods in his own image 
and likeness of health, perfection and success. "Be ye 
perfect even as your Father in heaven is perfect,' , is the 
command. 

The mind can construct or destroy. Good, harmonious 
thoughts full of love and praise are constructive. Vin- 
dictive, pessimistic, angry and critical thoughts are de- 
structive. Prof. Elmer Gates of the Washington 
Smithsonian Institution has constructed a breath-con- 
denser which will reveal poison in the exhalations from 
the lungs of an angry person. It is known to the medical 



42 HEALING CURRENTS. 

profession that mothers have poisoned their babies and 
caused them to die in convulsions by nursing them after 
a fit of anger. 

This destructive power of the mind can be used con- 
sciously to dissolve abnormal growths from the body. I 
defy any false growth to withstand the dissolving thought 
focused upon it by a persistent mind. Say to any such 
growth as often as possible, "my body is the temple of the 
living God, and you have no right to destroy this temple 
or to create imperfection. I dissolve you by the potency 
of my concentrated will." 

An organ in pain can be soothed as you would comfort 
and harmonize a child. Do not forget that the organ is 
as intelligent as any animal, and as responsive to a harsh 
or pleasant word. "I bless you with the love of my soul, 
which harmonizes all your nerves and atoms." Such 
blessings will create harmonious conditions. If your 
blood is impure, think in this manner: "I am a pure 
spring flowing from the Fountain of Divine Life. My 
blood is cleansed and purified by the Holy Spirit that 
glorifies all my life. My heart is cleansed of all impure 
thoughts and feelings, and I am at peace." 

Dormant activities can be aroused by persistently 
thinking toward the organ or organs : "You are the 
Spirit of Life in action. You are filled with joyous active 
life, and you love to fulfill the will of my soul in making 
life manifest." 

Many have overcome indigestion of long standing by 
repeating over and over: "I have within me the power 
from God which is able to digest and assimilate anything 
that I may choose to put into my stomach. My stomach is 
a living dynamo of life and energy capable of doing its 



HEALING CURRENTS. 43 

perfect duty. My stomach enjoys its work and loves to 
assimilate the good life in all things." 

These are but a few of the many processes that may 
be used. Each case requires thoughtful attention and 
much confidence upon the part of the one using the heal- 
ing thought. If confidence is not aroused after a few 
trials, you should not lose faith in the methods, but should 
seek a teacher who can help you to that state of confi- 
dence in your own powers which is but latent and inactive 
from lack of recognition and exercise. 

That part of the New Thought healing which seems 
to border on the realm of the miraculous is the operation 
of one mind over another mind and body situated at a dis- 
tance. It is based upon the knowledge that minds are 
not distinct or separate, but are surrounded and united in 
One Universal Mind, of which each one is an organized 
part. We are all living in an invisible ocean of Mind, 
and through this ocean our thought waves proceed to the 
one to whom they are directed, just as the waves of elec- 
tricity vibrate out from the transmitter oif a Marconi in- 
strument to the receiver situated at a distance of thou- 
sands of miles. As it is possible to send electric messages 
through space without wires, so may we send the more 
highly refined electricity of thought from one human bat- 
tery to another, no matter how far apart they may be. In 
treating patients living at a distance, the same process 
may be used as in treating oneself, except that the name 
of the patient should be repeated mentally about seven 
times previous to talking to the part of the body to be 
healed. 

It should be remembered that the physical body is or- 
ganized by an invisible power which is composed of 
thought substance. Our invisible character is a real form 






44 HEALING CURRENTS. 

and force independent of its physical envelope. The char- 
acter is the positive organizing mind and the body is the 
negative mind obedient and responsive to the action of 
the more positive entity. It is through your character 
that all life and action express in your physical body, and 
your character determines its quantity, quality, also how 
successful your life will be. Character forms or limits 
life. So the real basis of all true mental or physical 
healing is character building. Now this invisible charac- 
ter — this invisible part of you — which is so potent in 
weaving physical substance into grotesque or beautiful 
physical forms, into diseased or healthy forms of life, is 
a bundle of thoughts and feelings crystallized. As you 
have organized your character by your constant thinking, 
and thus created the cause for your present physical con- 
dition, so by your thinking you can recreate and trans- 
form your character and change all the expressions of 
your body into new and more beautiful texture. If you 
have piled false thoughts and impure desires one upon 
the other to cause an unhealthy mind and body, you can 
begin now to use your thoughts to dissolve the mental 
building of the past, and work your mind just as per- 
sistently in forming a character that will be composed of 
pure emotions and true, generous thoughts. A mind that 
is in the consciousness of the Almighty Goodness and 
Love of the Father, having naught but blessings for every 
soul of God, feeling only kindness and good will toward 
even the meanest criminal, will glorify its earthly temple 
with the very Spirit of God, and be transfigured into the 
image of the divine Perfection, as was Jesus the God- 
Man. And we all, with perception open to the living truth, 
beholding the divine Love, may be transformed into the 



HEALING CURRENTS. 45 

same image from glory to glory, even as by the Spirit of 
the Lord. 

We must open our eyes to see that the physical uni- 
verse is the body of the infinite and eternal God, and if 
we comprehend how our mind pervades and affects every 
part of our body, we will grasp the truth that the omnip- 
otent mind of God is present in every part of His Grand 
Body. 

We are surrounded and pervaded by His loving Pres- 
ence, which is eternal life to all who awake to this fact. 
We cannot escape from God. We are organized from 
His Mind and Substance, and as quickly as we recog- 
nize that we can have all of the Good we can accept and 
make manifest, we will begin to draw upon the inexhaust- 
ible Source for all the life, health, prosperity and satisfac- 
tion we need. We should build our faith strong in the 
truth that the Almighty is for us, and nothing of evil can 
overcome us or make us forget that there is only omnip- I 
otent Goodness in us and all about us. It is in those who 
are apparently evil, but they have not been taught of the 
divine Presence, and the condemnations of mortals help to 
keep hidden the germ of divinity that slumbers within 
them. They are misdirecting the good life and energy 
with which the Father so bountifully supplies them, be- 
cause they lack knowledge of how to use and apply their 
forces, and nothing will save them from their ignorance 
and sin but the knowledge of the truth of their own unity 
with the Father. 

It is very important for us to know that we grow like 
that which we study. If we keep before our mind the 
beauty and perfection of the character of Jesus Christ, 
we will find our souls attracted more and more to that 
divine ideal, until the same love which he had and has 



46 HEALING CURRENTS. 

at the present time for humanity will be kindled within 
us, and we shall know that we all are of one kindred and 
have but one Father, even God. The most perfect and 
permanent healing is only attained by the perception of 
this grand truth and the awakening of the soul to the 
realization of the mighty love of God. This Christ-love 
must endow us with a feeling of universal fellowship with 
all souls as children of the one Father ; we must feel to- 
ward all just as Christ felt, if we would be healed by His 
transforming love. The Christ Spirit yearns to heal and 
prosper all souls, but unless it can find entrance and ex- 
pression through our souls as love, its purpose is limited 
so far as we are concerned. 

I have studied all the modern theories promulgated 
for the healing of the sick, and for ten years I have 
done nothing else but practice the teachings of the New 
Thought, and I wish to give as a word of guidance to all 
who may be seeking for the healing power, either for 
self-benefit or for the healing of others, that the living 
personal Christ is the repository of all wisdom and all 
healing love, and the one who will look to Him con- 
stantly and draw upon Him continually for the healing 
influx will find an exaltation of the spiritual nature and 
an indwelling, heavenly bliss which will bring a culmina- 
tion of all desires and satisfy the mind with the con- 
sciousness of an immortal heritage that even death can- 
not overcome. 

Study the New Thought and expand your mind with 
its healing, freeing truth, for it will free you from many 
misconceptions about God and man; it will bring you up 
to date in your thought, for when rightly taught it unites 
the latest revelations of religion and the latest discoveries 
of science into one glorious truth. But while you are edu- 



HEALING CURRENTS. 47 

eating your head in this religious truth, keep your heart 
very close to the loving Heart of God, the personified 
Presence of the Father from whom streams the healing 
love and life, without which you are .never any more than 
a mortal, but living and expressing which you are a 
radiant, healthy Soul of God. 

t^ 1 %&* %&* 

THE TRUE WAY. 

There is but one manner of life on this plane that will 
bring satisfaction to the soul and enable it to express its 
powers in an ever-ascending degree through its physical 
temple, and that is the devotional life. The life that is 
entirely consecrated and devoted to the God of love and 
truth keeps the door open for the entrance of His inspir- 
ing Presence, and fulfills all the divine laws, attaining 
while incarnate a greater growth and expression of its 
powers, carrying away from its earthly embodiment a 
power and wisdom that make it a Godlike being in the 
realms of eternal life and bliss. 

You need to keep your mind open toward the God of 
heaven by speaking the word of exalted truth to all parts 
of your mind and body with intensity and devotion. 

It is the intense devotion and love of the whole nature 
turned in one direction that polarize the Presence and 
Power of eternal truth. Rouse up your spiritual powers 
by using these statements daily. 

My soul is awakened arid illuminated by the presence 
and power of Jesus Jehovah. My soul is glorified by the 
light and glory that transfigured the living Christ. 

My soul is radiant with the everlasting power of God 
and I am satisfied to express this power from day to day. 



48 HEALING CURRENTS. 

My soul is regenerating harmoniously, peacefully and 
satisfactorily. His mighty Glory folds me round and 
holds me in eternal peace. The eternal power is with me. 
The eternal Presence is guiding me in the path of wisdom 
and peace. The illuminating life of the Christ is born 
within my soul and all my nature rejoices with glad praise 
and thanksgiving that the Lord of heaven and earth has 
taken up His abode within His holy temple. The Lord 
IS IN His holy temple. Let all the earth keep silence be- 
fore Him. 

Glory to God in the Highest, Peace on earth, Good will 
toward men. 

*£* 10* $5* 

A GENERAL HEALING TREATMENT. 

Retire by yourself and study and meditate upon these 
thoughts. When the mind is filled with them, lie down 
and relax the body and mind, that the healing power may 
operate freely. Practice daily an hour or more. 

Thou omnipresent Master of all forms called life, 
I am one with Thee; I am Thee embodied and expressed, 
and Thee I praise for my life and all of life's blessings. 

My soul is a living, radiant form of Life ; a glorious, 
intelligent individualization of the universal life and spirit 
of God. 

My soul, my real everlasting self, is alive in God, and 
every cell and organ and function of my body is infused 
with the living, intelligent power of my soul. I am alive 
with the life of God. 

1 am filled with the invigorating vitality of everlasting 
life. 

I am an expression of the most positive healing po- 
tency in existence, and my recognition that I am life 



HEALING CURRENTS. 49 

itself thrills my whole nature with the divine healing 
energy. 

I am invigorated and healed by the everlasting pres- 
ence of the living God. 

Pain cannot exist in any part of my nature, because the 
merciful soothing power of life is now satisfying every 
cell with the oil of joy. The joyous sunshine of life 
penetrates into every part of my being, and with glad 
understanding I affirm: 

I am life, joyous life ; I am peaceful, perfect life. 

I feel that I am united to the universal life and power 
of God, and all His joyous strength is focused in my 
nature, making me so positive with His perfect energy 
that all disease a/id pain are overcome and transformed 
into harmony and perfection. 

I am in tune with infinite life and peace. 

My brain polarizes the intelligence and wisdom of life. 
All the faculties of my soul find free expression through 
the sensitive substance of my brain. 

My sex nature is pure, holy life, free from all condem- 
nations of sin or imgurity. These organs generate un- 
limited vitality and strength, sufficient for all my needs. 
They generate the fluids which build me a strong posi- 
tive brain and vital nervous system. I am divine crea- 
tive energy. 

My heart is filled with the peace and love of the Christ 
life, and I am satisfied. My heart cannot be overcome 
by fear or any oppressive feeling, for it is strong with 
the love of life, and my blood is enriched and vitalized 
with the goodness and purity of life. 

All Is Life. There is no lack of happy healing life. 
I inspire life with every breath, and my lungs appropri- 
ate the ozone and oxygen of life, which feed my blood 



50 HEALING CURRENTS. 

with the exhilarating manna of the sun-blessed atmos- 
phere. 

My stomach is a battery of digestive force and energy, 
constantly assimilating food; it rejoices in the task, for 
it is an intelligent digestive magnet for all the elements 
that the body requires. I am the digestive energy of 
almighty Life. 

I recognize that all my organs are infused with my 
soul intelligence, and all are conscious of their duty and 
work together for the health and harmony of my or- 
ganism. 

The free, cleansing Spirit of life flows freely through 
my bowels, and their operations are not hindered by any 
conservative thoughts, for I do not withhold the free 
mercy of God from any creature. 

My liver is the activity of life ; energized with positive, 
active intelligence. 

I recognize that every atom of my spleen is intelligent, 
living substance, obeying the soul's purpose in my phys- 
ical economy. 

I praise the power of endless life and activity in my 
kidneys, and know that they are the peaceful, perfect 
substance of life, ever active in cleansing my nature from 
all impurities. 

I can outgrow and overcome every weakness, for I am 
a magnet for the vitality that fills all space. I am con- 
stantly drawing in the vitality from the all-pervading life 
of God in nature; and I praise Thee, O Thou all-wise 
and all-loving presence, that Thou art imparting to me 
the power of Thy mighty life which enables me to out- 
grow every defective and inharmonious condition, and I 
realize the dominion and happiness imparted from Thy 
indwelling presence in the soul. 

Glory to God for the healing, perfecting power of life. 
All Is Life. 



HEALING CURRENTS. 51 

These words may not seem true when they are first 
read, but by constant repetition they will create a strong 
faith in the power and presence of life, which will allow 
the Spirit of life to come into expression. 

"My words are spirit and they are life," says the Spirit 
of life in Christ, and, "if a man keep my words he shall 
never see death." 

Faith can be created by the wonderful power of the 
word of truth, and through faith the healing power of 
God can come into manifestation. 

£& £* %&& 

HOW TO CONCENTRATE. 

The way to overcome outside thoughts is to cultivate 
your own thinking power by systematic effort. Have 
some special studies that are interesting to you, and 
carry them with you, and use them as a means of con- 
centration; that is, read them over and over whenever 
you wish to build your mental power. 

You must build up a spiritual body of thought for 
yourself, by thinking truths over and over until they 
become part of your mind. And you will become so posi- 
tive in truth that you will feel only the vibration of truth, 
and nothing else. But this is a practice that must be 
made the work of a lifetime. The fruitage from it will 
be a spiritual body that shall grow and develop in power 
and dominion throughout all the progressions of spiritual 
life. 

The Spirit flows into the body only through the chan- 
nels of one's thinking. In the Thought or Spirit of God 
there is unlimited healing and transforming power, and 
as the mind is exalted to feel and think as God thinks 



52 HEALING CURRENTS. 

and feels, the thought power which creates perfection be- 
comes the inspiration of the body, and the negative mind 
of the body evolves into an image of its peace and perfec- 
tion, making visible the God-idea. 

The mind lives in and senses through every nerve of 
the body. The will of the mind is done, consciously or 
unconsciously, in every particle of physical substance; 
thus you see your body is responsive to mental force. 
And as your mind is attuned to the Mind which prevails 
in the order and harmony of the universe, the atoms of 
your nature will obey the infinite law which planets and 
suns obey, and will manifest the harmony and health 
which is the natural expression of God's perfect life. 
There is life in unlimited abundance. There is in- 
telligence and power sufficient for every need, and you are 
given the free will to use and organize all the potencies 
of the Divine Mind in the building of a temple of health 
that shall fulfill your ideal and make your understanding 
of the goodness and power of the Father visible to 
mortals. 

<5* <5* «i5* 

WONDERFUL POSSIBILITIES. 

The transcendent force called thought links the human 
organism to the inmost source of power, and endows man 
with the ability to overcome the limitations of matter. 
And where does this wonderful force of thought origi- 
nate? It originates in matter. 

We gain a new conception of the latent God power 
crystallized in matter when we realize the fact that mat- 
ter is the mother of thought. 

In the history of the evolution of the world we read 
that the nebulous fire-mist crystallized into a planet of 



HEALING CURRENTS. 53 

solid rock. Through the aeons of time the solid rock 
evolved from its substance all the forms of life and all 
the forms of intelligence with which the planet is graced 
at the present time. Think of it, from the rock man has 
come. All the glory and beauty and intelligence in the 
world were stored as a possibility in that ancient granite 
sphere. Does it not awaken within us a new sense of the 
presence of power — of Omnipotence — to think of the vast 
possibilities of life and intelligence stored within the 
simplest lump of clay ? We call it dirt. We tread under 
foot with the feeling of repugnance the mother of all 
our forces and faculties, and do not recognize her unlim- 
ited possibilities as the very nature of omnipotence, of 
God. 

Truly we are awaking to a wonderful vision of the 
presence of God, as all and in all. Even material science 
has begun to recognize that what was believed to be 
dead, inert matter, crystal or metal, has the attribute of 
sensation. So the truth long promulgated by Mental 
Science that All is Mind is now being demonstrated as 
fact by the conservative science of material phenomena. 

Thought is matter in motion. Thought is the most re- 
fined, the most potent activity of matter. The organism 
of man is the product of the progressive evolution of mat- 
ter; from this most complex organization is born the 
sublime product called thought, that imponderable spir- 
itual power which transcends the laws of negative ex- 
istence. 

In man 'matter becomes self-conscious and intelligent. 
Omnipotence has evolved itself to self-conscious man- 
hood. The utmost capacity of mortal understanding 
cannot comprehend what the deific principle, omniactive, 
has already accomplished. How shall we grasp the 
wonders that lie before us in the unfolding future? We 



54 HEALING CURRENTS. 

now know that matter is undeveloped mind ; that the at- 
tributes and potencies of Deity slumber in matter. 

Through the ages of evolution every type of animal 
has added a little more development to the brain sub- 
stance; we are gradually increasing our thought-pro- 
ducing capacity. The brain is of finer texture and the 
nervous system is more complex in the human than in 
the animal form. The force generated in the brain and 
present in all the nerves is the thinker and the doer — the 
personality. 

Every active creature is a demonstration of the power 
of mind over matter. The lifting of the hand is the rev- 
elation of the power of thought over matter. We have 
been exercising dominion over our flesh without being 
conscious of the fact and without realizing the possibili- 
ties of conscious control in that very dominion. 

The body is a chemical battery for the generation of 
mental energy. The seminal fluid is the essence of all 
the chemical elements in the food. From it develop 
brain and nerve cells; from it is also generated by the 
mysterious alchemy of life the most spiritual and re- 
fined powers of mind. Animals and men have progressed 
with the development of the brain, and the brain has de- 
veloped from the conserved vital fluid, which has served 
as a basis for new mental structure and a greater capac- 
ity for thought. Having come to the recognition of the 
truth that I am all mind, that every cell of the body has 
the capacity for intelligent action and is responsive to 
the will, I desire to cultivate this latent mind of the flesh, 
so that my will shall be done throughout my whole men- 
tal organization. How shall I proceed? 

It is essential, first of all, that there be no waste of the 
seminal fluid, for this is the matter from which thought 
force is generated. A man or woman lacking vital force 



HEALING CURRENTS. 55 

cannot be strong in mind. As his inheritance from the 
lower animal species man has received strong sexual 
propensities. With animals preying upon each other, 
and man warring against man, nature expended her 
force in the perpetuation of species and developed the 
sexual instinct to that end. Now, with the highest type 
evolved and an era of universajjpeace at hand, the force 
heretofore expended in the generation of children, or for 
mere sensual gratification, can be conserved for the 
higher development of individuality. 

The animal is an undeveloped and transitional form of 
man. Now that we have attained to manhood, with self- 
conscious understanding of our possibilities as mental 
creatures, let us lay aside the propensities and the car- 
nivorous habits of animals for the full enjoyment and ex- 
pansion of our mental powers. Until man has gained 
conscious dominion over the animal propensities and 
turned alljhe sexual force into mental power obedient to 
his will, he has not become initiated into the real enjoy- 
ment of life nor made conditions for the permanent health 
of his body. Perfect health of body, as well as the con- 
tinual regeneration of the tissues, to the elimination of 
old age, is possible for all by the application of this prin- 
ciple of the conservation of vital energy along with the 
conscious control of the organs by the will. 

The brain is not limited to the cavity in the skull. It 
extends the ramifications of its structure through the 
whole organism. Wherever there is need of more intel- 
ligent action in the body the nerves have formed into 
small brain centers. The blind grow brain cells in the 
tips of the fingers, and through these new centers of sen- 
sation are able to distinguish colors. The various plex- 
uses are at about the stage of development of the animal 
brain — subconscious or instinctively conscious. As the 



56 HEALING CURRENTS. 

mind of an animal may be developed in intelligence, so 
may these centers of mental energy within the body be 
developed to a degree of intelligence equal to the main 
center in the head. We can direct the intelligent force 
of our thought to any organ in the body and co-operate 
with the intelligence in the organ to its renewal in 
strength and restoration to health. A little personal ex- 
perience may help to make this clearer. 

I was awakened during the night by an intense neural- 
gic pain in the nerves of my teeth. It called for im- 
mediate relief. Just as soon as I became fully conscious I 
felt that I had dominion over those nerves and could re- 
lieve them by thought alone. They were merely demand- 
ing their proper nourishment. I turned the full intensity 
of my thought to supplying the nerves with healing sub- 
stance and in a few minutes they were satisfied and at 
peace. 

I have found in treating patients, whether present or 
absent, that many diseased and disturbed conditions had 
their cause in a depleted condition of one of the sub- 
brains in the body. It was enough to focus the thought 
power upon the weakened center, infusing it with new 
life and strength, to heal and harmonize the diseased 
condition. 

We have the directing of an intelligent force which is 
capable of reorganizing the substance and structure of 
the flesh ; we can so infuse the body with thought force 
that its latent intelligence will be developed, and with the 
awakening of new intelligence in our flesh will come new 
vitality and new power, until the will shall have the my- 
riads of its cells so responsively obedient that it will be 
almighty in its organism, and discord and disease can 
no longer enter. 



HEALING CURRENTS. 57 

Every center will become sensitive to thought, and will 
generate sufficient thought to carry on the work of its 
department perfectly. All the senses will become attuned 
to a new octave of vibration, giving birth to clairvoyance, 
clairaudience, and psychometry ; and so spiritual will the 
whole mind become that all the wisdom stored in the 
omniscient Mind will be open to the intuition of man. 

t^* t^* v?* 

FOR A DISTURBED OR DEPRESSED CONDI- 
TION OF MIND. 

By the power of my mental word I dissolve all dis- 
turbing elements from my atmosphere. All the mortal 
thoughts of the day are dissolved. All the mental dis- 
cords of the day are dissolved. My aura is cleansed of 
all dark and limiting mortal thoughts. All thoughts and 
memories of the day's affairs are dissolved from my 
mind. The weight of mortal responsibility is thrown off 
my mind. My mind is freed from all dark and depressing 
elements of thought. My mind rises into the positive 
state of joyous freedom and brightness. My mind is 
filled with the peace and harmony of the Eternal Mind. 
My mind rises above the negative thought currents into 
the peaceful glory of the Mind that is always harmonious. 

I Above the discordant vibrations of the mind of the world 
there is the Mind of God, radiant with the joy-giving ef- 
fulgence of the infinite Spirit. My mind and soul are 
lifted up to the contemplation of the realms on high 
where the angels of God dwell in the serene enjoyment 

k of the grace and glory of the living God. Above the 
tribulations of the world-mind dwells the glorified soul 



58 HEALING CURRENTS. 

of Jesus Jehovah, radiant with the peace of eternity. "Be 
of good cheer, I have overcome the world." 

I praise Thee, O visible form of God, for the spiritual 
grace and strength that now enliven and renew my soul. 

Contemplate in your imagination His glorified soul 
presence; your mind will be uplifted above all mortal 
cares and worries, and He will give you of His peace 
and power. Your soul will partake of His joyous life 
and strength and rise into the realization of its inmost 
power as an image of Divinity. 



e£* c^* «£• 



^ 



I AM ALL MIND. 
Consider This Truth, for It Is the Key to Dominion. 

The body is held in active organization by the mind. 
The thinking mind is the positive pole and the body is 
the negative pole of the human battery. The food ele- 
ments taken into the body are from the negative mind of 
the Whole, the substance of the negative pole of the 
God-mind, and the individual mind assimilates from the 
food taken into the body and from the atmosphere ele- 
ments like unto itself, which it organizes into the visible 
expression of itself. The negative pole of the human 
battery is just as important as the positive pole, and must 
be cared for and supplied with the proper elements in 
order to form a perfect battery for the production of 
thought power, just as the battery which produces electric 
force must be fed with the proper chemical elements to 
insure a current. 

It must be borne in mind that the positive mind is the 
organizing power, and every cell in the body is a particle 



HEALING CURRENTS. 59 

of mind substance, held in obedience to the polarizing 
power of the positive thinking mind. The cells of flesh 
are the bodies of thoughts. Every cell of the body is 
thought incarnated, and the organs, which are made up 
of great multitudes of cells, can be educated by the posi- 
tive mind of the individual ; they can be infused with pos- 
itive thoughts, so that the cells and organs will progress 
in the degrees of intelligence, and manifest more of life, 
health and perfection, as the mind becomes more and 
more conscious of its wonderful organizing power. 

The progress of the individual toward dominion is only 
real to the degree that he brings his negative mind into 
his higher realization of consciousness, and causes each 
particle of his physical cosmos to evolve and show forth 
the divine intelligence which he has appropriated and in- 
dividualized around his positive I AM center. 

Lustful thoughts and desires fill the nature with a con- 
suming fire, which poisons the blood and burns out the 
nerve centers, causing disease and pain in the body and 
weakness and discouragement to the mind, hindering the 
human being from enjoying the peaceful, vitalizing in- 
flux which flows in from the soul life. Joy and satis- 
faction are attributes of the God-mind, and the soul as 
an individualized expression of the Over Soul contains 
all the essentials of happiness within itself, and can im- 
part the only true happiness to its human mind and body 
in the degree that it can gain full and free expression 
through the positive and negative pole of mind which it 
has organized. 

Through pure and righteous thinking, or knowledge 
of the all-Good, the mind becomes the conscious thinking 
instrument of the soul, the thoughts are filled with the 
positive light and joy of the soul, and in this way the 
soul, through education, gains dominion over the various 



60 HEALING CURRENTS. 

faculties of the mind and inspires the will to hold the 
lower realms of the body consciousness in subjection 
until all thoughts and desires are educated and trans- 
muted into positive pure intelligence, like unto the wis- 
dom of God. 

When the soul has gained the balance of power over 
the instincts and desires of the lower consciousness, then 
its love and wisdom create in the physical nature a per- 
fect equipoise of the magnetic and electric energies, 
which is health and happiness to the whole being. 
Through lack of knowledge of this wonderful power of 
soul adjustment and expression as the secret of physical 
and mental peace, mortals place themselves on the plane 
of animal experience, and seek for happiness through 
sexual indulgence. The magnetic man seeks satisfaction 
from the electric woman, and vice versa, but there is no 
lasting happiness attained thereby, only a momentary 
gratification, which depletes their systems and weakens 
their minds, in that carnal desires grow stronger by 
being gratified and gain dominion over the will and rea- 
son. The negative pole of the human battery is exerting 
its power over the positive pole, so that there is a reversal 
of all the currents in the nature. 

Individuality is weakened also, because, when the 
character of the male is the most positive, the female will 
gradually lose her positiveness, and begin to feel that she 
is an inferior creature to the male. If the female is the 
positive element, the male will lose self-respect and power 
to express his own individuality. Even the cells of the 
body will become polarized to the will of the one who has 
the strongest mind. So it is evident that sexual inter- 
course is neither conducive to real health nor happiness. 
The electric and magnetic forces are not balanced and 
conserved for the generation of the inner body of spiritual 



HEALING CURRENTS. 61 

power, but are expended to no purpose. All physical and 
mental forces find their balance and adjustment in the 
individual soul in the same way that the magnetic and 
electric forces, as well as the mental powers of the uni- 
verse, are controlled and balanced by the Christ of God, 
the Soul of the Whole. 

t&& %&fr 1£r* 

USE YOUR WILL TO OVERCOME INDIGES- 
TION. 

If your food distresses you, hold the following in mind 
very positively : 

I know what I have eaten will not upset or distress my 
stomach. I know that food is an exceedingly negative 
thing in comparison with my will ; thus I deny that it has 
any power to disturb me. My will is one with the will 
of God, whose mighty will focused in my will gives me 
the power to overcome. I am stronger than the strongest 
food, and food must and does serve me. I will not, and 
hence do not, serve it. I am the master of all things, and 
I will demonstrate this fact, and prove my true position 
amidst my surroundings. I will rise against any dis- 
tressing symptoms with all the assertive power of my in- 
dividuality, and I resolve not to have pain or distress in 
head or stomach. Nothing can compel me, the master, 
to submit to such a negative cause. God has given me 
dominion over all things. I know this. I will be free. 
My understanding and my will power now combine to 
bring this result. 

The understanding and the will power must work to- 
gether; neither can get the result alone, for understand- 
ing is the implement with which the will works. The will 



62 HEALING CURRENTS. 

is the master; both are essential to complete execution. 
First the understanding of the goodness and power of 
God in everything, and second the constantly increasing 
will and determination to make His goodness and power 
manifest in all ways. Understanding will avail nothing 
if you have not the will to execute. All should apply 
themselves to the study of getting understanding of truth, 
as it is needed for mental building material. 

As you get understanding, cultivate a strong positive 
determination to use this wonderful material in building 
a strong foundation on which you can erect a grand and 
beautiful life structure for yourself. Keep on trying in 
the face of every obstacle, and never let anything stand 
in your way; let nothing make you yield. With such 
determination as this, as you keep on adding to your un- 
derstanding, not anything will stand as an obstacle. You 
can face it, and every force in your world — it matters not 
how powerful it is — will, in the proper time and place, be- 
come subservient to your mastership. You are a divine 
organization of intelligence and love and will combined, 
and as you keep on striving and aggregating strength to 
the strength you have by this time acquired through the 
force of your determination, ALL things, by a God-given 
law, will give way. But remember, subservient things 
only acknowledge you in proportion as you assert your- 
self. Then all things are bound through this positive as- 
sertion to acknowledge your mastership. You can do all 
you will to do; this is dominion. 

Bless all the sick and ailing ones, for each one is a 
very striking proof that he does not understand the 
power vested in him. We tell them all that they need not 
lack health, for health and strength are organized in 
them ; such is the law of life, the one law. These beliefs 



HEALING CURRENTS. 63 

that they manifest are not absolute truth; they are neg- 
ative beliefs. They can be overcome by positive beliefs, 
founded on living truth. Life and health are living 
truth; two great realities that have always existed and 
will continue to exist forever. 

o5* ^* ^* 

TEACH YOUR BODY TO THINK! 

Mental activity in animal and human organisms de- 
velops brain centers. The more intelligent the animal 
or man, the more highly developed are the brain centers. 
It is a common notion that the brain is limited to the 
head, but this is not true. Wherever in the body there 
is need of mental action the nerve substance develops a 
brain center, a sub-brain. 

There is more intelligent activity going on in the body 
than we are conscious of. All the subconscious or in- 
voluntary actions of mind, like the action of the heart 
or the breathing of the lungs during sleep, are carried 
on by the instinctive operation of the mind active in the 
various sub-brains or nerve plexuses located in every part 
of the body. 

There is a vast amount of intelligence stored in these 
little brains. All hereditary thoughts and feelings, and all 
the old thought of the past which seems to be outgrown, 
are stored in these subjective chambers of thought, and 
from these centers influence the formation of the atoms 
in health or disease. The hypnotist gets control over the 
intelligence in these centers, over the subjective mind, 
and performs wonders of healing, because the organizing 
power of the flesh works through these centers. 

We can gain control of all these subconscious centers 
of mental activity, and thus gain dominion over the 



64 HEALING CURRENTS. 

whole body. For instance, the heart is controlled by a 
sub-brain or plexus. This plexus may be influenced by 
conscious thought. We can will that strength shall be de- 
veloped in the heart, and the message will travel through 
the nerves and take up its abode in the heart center, and 
from there influence the heart's development in strength. 
So with every center. 

Man is superior to the animal in intelligence because 
his long evolution has developed the activities in the 
head-brain to the degree of conscious thought. How won- 
derful will be the man of the future who develops the 
activity of every brain center in the body to the degree 
that enables him to think consciously in every center. 
He will have full control over every function in his body. 
He will think in every part of his body. He will grow 
to be all brains, with the added power of intelligence that 
so much mental activity will give him. He will be able 
to do consciously whatever is now done by the hypno- 
tized subject, and more. The hypnotized subject, in whom 
the subjective mind is obedient to the will of the operator, 
can see what is transpiring at a distance; becomes clair- 
voyant; can see all the activities in his own body or the 
body of another person, and diagnose diseased conditions ; 
can travel in thought to any part of the world and feel 
and hear anything anywhere; is clairaudient and practi- 
cally omniscient; can read the thoughts of others and 
communicate with departed spirits ; in fact, seems in touch 
with all minds in the whole mental universe. Not all 
hypnotized subjects can do all these things, but accord- 
ing to their mental development they can see or feel or 
hear supernaturally, that is, beyond the limitations of the 
natural senses. 

Jesus and the masters and adepts of India and other 
countries, the saints of the Church and the mediums and 



HEALING CURRENTS. 65 

psychics of the present time all reveal the possibilities that 
await the development of the subconscious mind in man. 
These lessons point out the way. 

These brain centers must be purified of all the limiting 
beliefs of the race mind, in order that a new life may flow 
through them, to the manifestation of perfect health. We 
cannot do what we do not believe possible, so faith in our 
unlimited possibilities must be developed. We must free 
the mind, conscious and subconscious, from all ideas of 
bondage and limitation. For instance, the sex center is 
limited in its expression of life by the condemnation of 
millions of minds. All the life flowing into that center 
is stamped as impure. Therefore the thought of im- 
purity must be denied out of the mind and the sexual 
plexus must be freed from the belief that its life is im- 
pure. Its life is of God, born of His pure Spirit. If we 
believe that any organ is impure or limited in its operation, 
we turn the intelligence in that organ to creating impur- 
ity and to limiting the flow of life. There is a hint here 
which applies to all departments of thought. 

Especial attention should be given to healing, harmon- 
izing and increasing the power of the solar plexus or ab- 
dominal brain. This center controls the digestion and as- 
similation of food. When it becomes disturbed the whole 
body suffers. The solar plexus is most often weakened 
by sexual indulgence. It depends upon the conserved 
vital essences for its strength and power, and when these 
are deficient it loses the power to supply all other centers 
with proper nourishment. To try to restore the de- 
ficiency by overeating only increases its burden, causing 
it to draw for strength upon the brain, heart and other 
centers. Neuralgia, headache, nervous heart trouble and 
many other painful symptoms are due to weakness of the 
solar plexus. 



66 HEALING CURRENTS. 

In blessing or centering the thought upon any part of 
the body, there is an increased power given to the part 
by placing the hands or the tips of the ringers over the 
part treated. Place the tips of the ringers over the 
stomach when treating the solar plexus. 

The following affirmations will suggest others: 

My solar plexus is alive with omnipotent life. 

My solar plexus is alive with the soul power from God. 

A living, glowing sun of vital power is situated in my 
solar plexus, rilling my digestive organs with unlimited 
strength and power. 

Unlimited life, strength and power flow into this cen- 
ter, enabling the organs to carry on the digestion and as- 
similation of food without any distress. 

This center is storing up power to distribute to all the 
other nerve centers. 

This center is a living dynamo of vital force, radiating 
its intelligent force to every part of the body. 

I am now generating unlimited healing vitality in my 
solar plexus. 

Six of the brain centers are called sacred centers, be- 
cause in them the soul of man functions. The six sacred 
centers are the front brain, the throat, the heart, the so- 
lar plexus, the rectum and the sexual plexus. Bless all 
these centers with love and wisdom, for they are the 
centers through which the soul, an intelligence su- 
perior to both the subconscious and conscious minds, 
comes into conscious expression. Until the soul attains 
some conscious power in the organism its main center is 
the solar plexus, which is a ganglia of nerves located 
back of the stomach, radiating out to the various organs 
like a sun. Think of the soul as a globule of light and 
power situated in the center of the body. As the six cen- 
ters are infused with thought force the intelligence in 



HEALING CURRENTS. 67 

them increases, and as they become more positive the 
soul gains power to express through them, and then the 
real regeneration of the flesh begins, to be carried on to 
the end of this present existence, on into the world 
celestial. 

Our (development is more a matter of ages than of 
years. The soul is an organization of the wisdom and 
love of God — His Glory — and it has within its memory 
all its past accumulated wisdom and experience, but the 
personality, under the most perfect conditions on this 
plane, can only express a small part of the wisdom and 
power stored in the soul, because of the limited and neg- 
ative degree of mind in this world. So we continue to 
live to the highest while here, knowing that when the 
real race is begun in the spiritual spheres we shall be 
stronger for having worn the weights of limitation in 
this practice sphere of experience. 

Let us not be troubled by time. Let us each day be 
filled with the peace and joy that come from doing the 
best that may be done under the circumstances. 

t(5% %0*i 10& 

MY SOUL IS ALIVE WITH THE HEALING 
POWER OF JESUS JEHOVAH. 

Assume a restful attitude and let this thought occupy 
the mind. Picture in your imagination the living, healing 
presence of our beloved Master. Call to mind the mar- 
velous power of healing he exercised while on earth. 
Think of Him as walking among men radiant with heal- 
ing love to all. Then remember that that same individual- 
ized presence of the Father is the inspiration of your mind 
and the health of your flesh to-day as it was of yore, if 



68 HEALING CURRENTS. 

you will but allow Him to occupy your thought and 
affection. 

"Behold, I stand at the door, and knock; if any man 
hear my voice, and open the door, I will come in to him 
and sup with him, and he with me." — Rev. iii:20. His 
glorified angelic presence is willing to glorify our temple 
with eternal love and life. 

As you hold this thought in mind, know that your soul 
and body are being illuminated and spiritualized and har- 
monized by the living glory of the Christ. Cultivate by 
love and devotion this heavenly presence of your God. 
Your soul will awaken under the influx of His Holy 
Spirit, and new and holy aspirations will be born. You 
will feel your soul and mind and body being transformed 
into the harmony and perfection that are your real eternal 
character. 

After you have continued this practice for a time you 
will begin to realize as never before that your soul is an 
actual, intelligent power superior to your conscious mind, 
created in the image and character of the Almighty God. 
As your aspiration and love draw around you the brood- 
ing Presence of the Holy Spirit of Jesus Christ, your soul 
will awaken gradually to the consciousness of eternal life 
that characterized it in its angelic state previous to birth, 
and you will praise and glorify the Christ as the regen- 
erator and redeemer of your soul. And then you will love 
to give time to silence and meditation, when your soul 
may be fed by its Beloved on the Bread of Life. And 
from this awakening of the soul there will come to you 
a new and more potent vitality that will heal and har- 
monize all your nature. Your soul will begin to realize 
its god-like power of dominion over sin, sickness and 
death. It will become a potent magnet of love to draw to 



HEADING CURRENTS. 69 

itself all that is required of wisdom and wealth to pro- 
mote its spiritual welfare. And daily as you commune 
with and praise Him will Jesus Jehovah develop your 
soul — the Christ within — until your character conforms 
to the grace and beauty of the celestial image of the Eter- 
nal God. 

&5* «i5* «5* 

THE SUBCONSCIOUS MIND AND SOUL 
CONSCIOUSNESS. 

The nature of man is related to three states of con- 
sciousness — physical, mental and soul consciousness. 
The deductions of scientific minds embrace the explored 
field of the conscious mind, and the but partially ex- 
plored field of the subconscious mind, but do not take 
into consideration that mystical but most potent field of 
soul consciousness. 

To them the mind is the soul. We know from the de- 
velopment of our own soul powers of perception that 
the soul is a deific individual descended from the inner 
sphere of omniscience to the outer sphere of mortal con- 
sciousness; that it is a Seed of Divinity planted in the 
earth mind. Its roots are in the earth, but its life and 
powers are from the God-Sun of heaven, and in heaven 
will its fruits be gathered for the Father's use. 

The soul is a word of eternal wisdom, life and love that 
shall increase in creative potency throughout eternity. 
The conscious and subconscious minds constitute the 
personality, but the soul is the real individual. When 
the awakened soul speaks, it is the voice of God. 

Minds of materialistic tendency are apt to become as 
deeply engrossed in the phenomena of the subconscious 
mind or "subliminal consciousness" as scientists have 



70 HEALING CURRENTS. 

been in the phenomena of the material realm, and it is 
in accord with the process of mental evolution that it 
should be so, but those who want to know God and who 
desire to find the inspiration and healing of His divine 
life and power must look to the eternal principle of truth 
— to God Himself — even though they have no more than 
intuition as a guide. Intuition, which reveals the eternal 
principles of the God nature, will demonstrate that it is 
the supreme authority for truth, and if it is followed the 
soul will be recognized, and fertilized by recognition and 
devoted love until it becomes a dominant power, healing 
and spiritualizing both the conscious and subconscious 
states of mind and preparing them for the grandest and 
mightiest exhibition of spiritual power. 

The subconscious mind is an organization of all the 
thoughts and feelings, of all the mental activities of the 
mind from earliest infancy. ' In order to rightly com- 
prehend the subconscious mind it must be clearly un- 
derstood that mental forces organize into concrete form 
on the mental plane in the same way that physical forces 
aggregate themselves into material forms. The mind, 
then, is a mental body generated from the forces of 
thought and feeling. It is a spiritual entity. It is the 
character of the person, and just as soon as it becomes a 
positive character it changes the hereditary form of the 
flesh to express its own development. Negative char- 
acters have not the mental power to transform the flesh, 
therefore it is the first duty of Mental Science to develop a 
more positive character-body by strong affirmation. 
When a thought has been forgotten by the conscious 
mind it still exists in the subconscious state of the mind. 
Persons and things long forgotten will reappear during 
the dream activitv of the subconscious mind; faces will 



HEALING CURRENTS. 71 

appear as fresh as when seen years before. The phe- 
nomena of hypnotism, open up wonderful facts in re- 
gard to the possibilities and powers of the subconscious 
realm. 

The whole mind of man may be compared to a circle 
through which a line is drawn, making a division of 
i-ioo and 99-100. The small segment of the circle rep- 
resents as much as the brain is conscious of, of all the 
thought activities of the personality; the 99-100 repre- 
sent the subconscious storehouse of mental activity. 

The planet as a whole has a mind — a subconscious 
mental realm in which thought activities and mind bodies 
have their existence. As there is a universal space 
which provides the elements for our physical bodies and 
their development, so there is a universal Mind in which 
the mental organization has its life and expression; a 
realm in which the mind-body or spiritual body exists 
after its physical counterpart dies ; a realm full of mys- 
teries to the seeker after the phenomena of the subcon- 
scious, full of paradoxes, incongruities and deceptions to 
those who do not accept the spiritualist's explanation of 
evil or undeveloped spirits. What a pleasure it is for 
some mischievous spirit to play pranks with some very 
learned man who has tapped the wires of the "subliminal 
consciousness" through his hypnotized subject in earnest 
search for knowledge. He does not see the quality or 
character of the spirit personality that responds to him 
from the invisible realm of mind, and he is very likely to 
come to the conclusion, as some scientists have already, 
that the subliminal consciousness is a grand deceiver. 

Now in this subconscious side of the mind we find the 
force which must be properly trained and developed 
toward the healing of the body. There are two methods 
in use, and they are both good. One is the method 



72 HEALING CURRENTS. 

called "suggestion/' whereby the subconscious mind is 
educated to turn its wonderful power to the healing of 
the diseased parts of the body. This method, persistently 
applied, will bring very beneficial results. The second 
method consists in thinking and speaking truth. The 
suggestionist does not believe that there is anything 
deeper than the subconscious mind, and therefore he 
claims that so-called statements of truth are useful to 
those who imagine a soul because they work according to 
the law of suggestion. Our position is this: The con- 
scious and subconscious minds of man and of the world 
are evolutions from matter; they are highly refined mat- 
ter, or negative and undeveloped mind. The soul of God 
is eternal and omnipotent power, the basis of all life and 
being. The soul in man is from above the mortal sphere of 
mind ; it is an individualization of deific consciousness and 
partakes of the power of Deity ; it is the image and like- 
ness of God in man. The soul, then, is the key to immortal 
life and power. It must be recognized and awakened. 
And to awaken and manifest this divine power in us we 
affirm it as a truth. We take it as the foundation of our 
being, and upon it we build our mental habitation. It is 
the keynote of the mind, and if we sound this keynote, 
all the mind, conscious and subconscious, will come into 
harmony. We affirm: I am 1 life, because the soul is 
eternal life. We affirm: I am health and peace and per- 
fection, because the true I, the real individual, the soul, 
IS potentially the health, peace and perfection of God. 
We affirm : I am the wisdom 1 of God, because the soul is 
an organism vibrant with the light of the infinite Con- 
sciousness. The soul must be awakened by living the 
life of truth, expressing the thoughts and feelings of 
truth throughout every part of the mind and body, in 
order that the divine image of perfection may transform 



HEALING CURRENTS. 73 

the whole mind into a heavenly, harmonious character. 
Then will the Spirit of God speak in the soul, giving 
angelic wisdom, and the soul will know the way of life 
eternal and walk therein. 

Too many are passive recipients of impressions which 
come as suggestions from other minds, either incarnate 
or decarnate. Remember that every mind is sending out 
mental messages, and these messages enter and impress 
themselves upon negative minds. They may be good sug- 
gestions or they may ,be harmful. Many a negative mind 
has suddenly been inspired to commit a murder through 
the suggestion and desire of another personality, either 
incarnate or decarnate. A strong mind desired that his 
enemy should die; a negative mind fulfilled the desire. 
Execution does not cure criminals ; it but sets them free to 
act out their vengeance in the mental atmosphere of the 
planet. Guiteau promised to have revenge upon those 
who witnessed against him as well as upon his judge, 
and no theory of coincidence is sufficient to explain the 
rapid taking off of his prosecutors; all of them died 
shortly. 

Sitting in the silence for wisdom will open the mind 
to all sorts of impressions and suggestions from the in- 
visible realm of mind. To gain soul wisdom the affirma- 
tions of divine truth must be made until the whole mind is 
attuned to soul positiveness ; until the mind is vibrant 
with the joy of soul realization; then the stillness that 
follows will not be negative ; it will be a passivity over- 
flowing with peace and health for the body, and in the 
soul communion that follows the clouds of mortal dark- 
ness will be dissolved and the way will become clear, 
the guidance sure. 

The discovery of electricity and other physical forces 
has transformed the ways of life on the planet, but these 



74 HEALING CURRENTS. 

discoveries have brought neither peace nor health to hu- 
manity. Now the occult forces of the subliminal realm 
are being tapped, terrific forces, marvelous mysteries will 
be discovered, but these things will not bring peace or 
happiness to humanity. 

What will it profit a man if he gain the whole world, 
if he does not discover that which is of more value than 
the world — his own soul? 

Only by the harmonious unfoldment of the soul and 
the subjection of the mind to its proper expression of 
righteousness and truth will the peace of God and the 
happiness of the angelic life be realized by mortals. 
When the awakened soul affirms the truth of its eternal 
being, it is filled with the Spirit of truth, it convinces the 
mind and body of its power, it compels health and har- 
mony to be; the soul beauty and grace are impressed 
upon and expressed through the negative nature, and 
God becomes manifest in the flesh. 

«^» «£• $5* 

BECOMING ATTUNED TO THE SPIRIT. 

Purity in thought, word and deed is absolutely essen- 
tial to any degree of health or spiritual power. 

Do you desire health from God, permanent health, 
which will bring to you the ever-increasing joy of con- 
scious growth in spiritual dominion? Then you must 
make the conditions of mind necessary for the influx of 
the Vitality of Eternity. God, the Immaculate Spirit, is 
too pure to behold iniquity. God's universal Mind is the 
life and the mind of all things, but his Holy Spirit — 
which brings health and peace in its tender ministrations 
— 'abides in the more refined states of the universal Mind. 



HEALING CURRENTS. 75 

And only those who purify and refine their thoughts and 
feelings will enjoy the blessed realization of the Im- 
maculate One. "The pure in heart shall see God." 

Jesus was willing to spend thirty years of his life edu- 
cating and refining his nature, that the Holy Spirit might 
manifest its healing wisdom through him, and he at- 
tained supreme power in healing and in manifesting 
Divinity. He attained to the highest point in human evo- 
lution, and his joy was great. He often spoke of his joy 
and peace while passing through the greatest trials. He 
was encompassed by the angels of the Father, and lived 
in the bliss of Being, untouched by the tribulations of the 
world, because he made his whole nature a pure magnet, 
attractive to the highest and holiest powers of heaven. 

The greatest wisdom and the mightiest love are realized 
and expressed by the holiest angels and archangels of 
heaven. When the emanations from the angelic sphere 
combine with those of the awakened soul, the healing 
power is strongest, because the emanations from the an- 
gels are so imbued with universal love and sympathy 
that the curative potency is enhanced thereby. The Holy 
Spirit of God is organized in the angelic souls of heaven, 
and through these angels, who once lived and suffered as 
mortals, this beneficent Spirit is directed in sympathy and 
compassion to the healing and uplifting of mortals wher- 
ever they can find an ogen^door. We might desire, with 
all the intensity of our natures, to do something to save 
a man who was unconscious down amid the noxious gases 
of a mine, but the conditions would not allow us to enter. 

To the angelic presences, accustomed to life in the most 
harmonious states of the Mind of God, the animal lusts 
and discordant feelings of human life are as disturbing 
and bewildering as the gases of the mine would be to us. 



76 HEALING CURRENTS. 

The magnetic and mental emanations from mortals who 
are living in the enjoyment of the ordinary pleasures of 
life, without aspiration for heavenly truth, fill the men- 
tal atmosphere with odors and vibrations so strong and 
disagreeable that only un regenerated spirits, not long de- 
parted from the earth plane, can remain in close associa- 
tion with friends still incarnate. The high and holy min- 
isters of God who inhabit Eternity cannot breathe and 
hold their consciousness amid such dense vapors. So we 
see the wisdom of Jesus Christ in retiring so often from 
the world, in order to come into sympathetic relationship 
with the heavenly source of his power and receive anew 
the baptism from the Holy of Holies. So we see the 
necessity for conditions within and without, if we would 
realize the holy healing power which was manifest 
through Jesus Christ, and which to-day is equally potent 
to heal and harmonize every, child of God on earth who 
will fulfill the conditions necessary for its reception. Do 
you think the great sympathy and love of God for each 
and every one of His creatures would leave one child in 
pain or suffering one moment if the way were opened for 
His Spirit to reach that creature ? No ! God longs with 
infinite love to bring each and every one to the conscious 
realization of His great peace and perfection, and it is the 
perpetual operation of His love that is gradually lifting 
mankind from savagery to divinity. 

There is power locked up in the chemical elements of 
the earth greater far than dynamite or electricity, and man 
may by concentration of thought discover, and by me- 
chanical skill operate, this power. There is still greater 
power stored in the mental spaces all about and within 
the mind of man, and this power is being discovered and 
applied in suggestion, thought-transference and through 



HEALING CURRENTS. 77 

the mediumistic phenomena at seances, where invisible 
minds or mental forces become clothed for the time in the 
habiliments of matter and overcome all known laws of 
physics in levitating material objects. And this mental 
power is being operated to restore to some sort of har- 
mony the physical body, as well as to compel money to 
come to fill desires. 

But there is a power in God much greater and more 
satisfying in its operation than either material or mental 
power. Behind and within the purest degrees of all the 
universal forces of existence abides the Supreme Con- 
troller, the Spirit of Almighty God, which is forever 
evolving and transforming all energies and forces to sub- 
serve its purpose of wisdom and love. It was the trans- 
forming power of God's love that Jesus discovered and 
revealed to mortals. 

And it is this Spirit of universal Love which each of us 
must realize if we would know God. 

By purity of life we prepare our temple, and by deep 
devotion and holy aspiration we stir the depths of our 
soul into intense activity, and become a magnet for the 
Holy Spirit. The soul is of God ; it came from God, and 
through it the Spirit will express to our mind and body. 

The soul in its incarnation into a form of flesh is like 
a seed that has been sown in the earth. It must be 
watered by our thoughts of recognition and quickened by 
our deep feelings of love for God. It has an affinity only 
for the truth of God's love; the thoughts and feelings 
generated by earthly things becloud its faculties and hin- 
der it from receiving its daily bread from the Father. If 
the mind of a person is centered wholly upon material 
things, the soul becomes isolated from the Father. If the 
soul is strong and has some degree of awakening, it will 



78 HFALING CURRENTS. 

tire of the dreariness and darkness of mortal vibrations, 
and when an occasion offers in the way of sickness or 
weakness of the body, it will sever its connections with 
the flesh, and return to the freer state of spiritual life, 
causing death to the body. But it will still be burdened 
by its personal mind, which it must regenerate. The 
work of regeneration would have been much easier had 
the personal mind received and accepted the knowledge 
of spiritual truths before death, because truth received 
from the mortal plane of understanding has more weight 
and produces a deeper impression on the mind accus- 
tomed to dealing with material things. 

If the soul is not awakened, it cannot gain much reali- 
zation of its oneness with the life and wisdom of the 
Father, and consequently will not be able to recreate and 
hold the flesh in harmony and health. 

We find very often that it' is sufficient to educate the 
soul to a realization of its oneness with the Father in or- 
der to bring health to the flesh. 

There is no permanent health or happiness outside the 
realization of the heavenly Presence. Many seek for health 
as they have sought for happiness in material things, 
and find it not, where, if they would but make conditions 
for the expression of the healing love of the Father, much 
disease and suffering would be eliminated from their 
lives. But some may reply that they have known pure 
and devoted christian characters who have been the 
greatest sufferers. We know that they were not in the 
knowledge of the omnipotence of God's love and good- 
ness, because they had that terrible fear that they or some 
one of God's children might possibly be damned ; in other 
words, they believed in the power of evil to frustrate 
God's Omnipotent Goodness, and according to the laws 



HEALING CURRENTS. 79 

of thought, their beliefs in evil would not correspond 
with the Spirit of Love nor allow it to manifest in their 
lives. Their fear of disease and pain made them nega- 
tive and receptive to these conditions. There were no 
bright, hopeful, joyous, positive thoughts of divine faith 
in their minds, so the Spirit could not enter. 

We have known of those who have been deeply inter- 
ested in all that tended to the helping of humanity. They 
were faithful in church work, active in works of charity, 
giving the most of their time and energy to others, and 
then as they found their strength lessening, and many dis- 
turbances in their financial conditions, they began to 
doubt God. They had done much for him, and what was 
he doing for them ? He did not seem to care how much 
they suffered or how poor they became. Was he just? 
Did he love them ? Was there any God of love and wis- 
dom at all ? 

They fulfilled the second part of the Lord's command- 
ment by loving their neighbor as themselves, but failed 
to see the depth and breadth of the first part of the in- 
junction : "Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy 
heart, mind, soul and strength." They used their own 
strength and not the strength of the Father. If they had 
lived in the constant inspiration of his Presence, their 
souls would have gained new power daily; wisdom and 
vitality and a living spontaneity of joy would have filled 
their lives with gladness and health. They would have 
radiated away all conditions and thoughts of disease 
from themselves and others. We know these things to be 
true, for we have lived in the old way and reaped pain 
and discouragement, and we have lived in the new way 
and reaped joyous health and prosperity. We find that 
the Spirit of Love makes of us magnets for all things 



80 HEALING CURRENTS. 

that we may desire when we live with it and allow its 
power to express through us. But if we did not spend 
some time daily in devotion to the Father, it may be 
readily seen that the Father would not be so strong with 
us for the manifestation of either his wisdom, his health 
or his prosperity. 

We know that if we seek first the Kingdom of God and 
his righteousness — not our own righteousness — all things 
will be added, and this is done by fulfilling the command- 
ment of Jesus, which embraced all commandments. 

t^* ^* ?^w 

A POWERFUL STATEMENT. 

The race has been taught for ages that evil is a self- 
existent force ; that there is a conscious power, or devil, 
working against the good of mankind. 

But God is no respecter of persons, and would not, in 
His universal and impartial love for all, give some per- 
son or power the monopoly of using His power and in- 
telligence for evil ends. 

No, this is a negative belief arising from ignorance, 
or only a partial knowledge of the Goodness of the All- 
Intelligence. 

Positive knowledge reveals the truth that the intelli- 
gence in man, bird, beast and all created things is good; 
in fact, very good. All created things are the intelligence 
of God manifesting and evolving through the successive 
steps of progressive life. All are growing from negative 
to positive continually through the grades of undeveloped 
intelligence or ignorance, and will finally reach the de- 
velopment which will enable them to grasp the positive 



HEALING CURRENTS. 81 

knowledge of eternal Truth, and work consciously with 
the One Intelligence, the Father of all created things. 

All is Good, every step is good, even though it be a mis- 
step or seeming mistake, for through their mistakes God's 
children learn which path does not lead to happiness, and 
thus they advance in knowledge. 

This faith that all is good can become the salvation of 
each and every one from all the erroneous, devitalizing 
beliefs of the race. 

We should cultivate in ourselves the recognition that 
all life is truth on its own plane, and that in evolving 
and progressing minds live in the experience of truth 
negative before advancing into the realm of positive truth. 
This will give us the patience of God, with all the ideas 
and creeds of mortal mind which the race has evolved 
as it progressed through negative mind or nescience. 

ALL IS GOOD ! 

This is positive knowledge. 

This is the faith of God that overcomes the world-mind. 

This is the revelation of truth that heals and harmon- 
izes all elements of mind and body. 

There is no real or positive evil. 

All so-called evil beings and actions are in and from 
ignorance. 

There may be thoughts of the race, or race beliefs, 
that have grown positive through ages of existence and 
universal acceptance; nevertheless, they live in and be- 
long to the negative sphere of Mind, having no real prin- 
ciples of reason or truth to substantiate them; while 
thoughts of truth are alive with the positive force and 
Spirit of God, and the mind that expresses them is en rap- 
port with the minds of angels and archangels and every 
healing, illuminating potency in the universe of Divine 
Mind. 



82 HEALING CURRENTS. 

Every mind and every condition of ignorance can be 
developed into the more positive condition of knowledge 
and health through the omniscient power inherent in the 
thought, All is Good. 

Everything, no matter how evil it appears, is undevel- 
oped God substance, and will grow and progress to a 
more intelligent condition under the fertilizing recogni- 
tion that ALL IS GOOD. 

Nothing, nothing, can turn against the one who lives in 
the positive recognition and avowal of this ever-present 
truth. This one statement of absolute Good, that our 
reasoning powers can glory in for weeks and rejoice in 
for months, will prove itself the voice of Omnipotence 
by making all of our mind and world good and pros- 
perous, and it will glorify our whole nature with the ex- 
hilarating life that comes to those whose minds are wholly 
in tune with the infinite Good. 

Much of the pain, disease and poverty of a patient is 
the outpicturing of negative beliefs. In order to make a 
convincing impression upon the mind of the patient the 
healer must be conscious of the power of thought, and 
be thoroughly imbued with the knowledge that ALL 
IS GOOD. The healer's mind must be so enthusiastic 
in this thought of truth that it will be positive to the pa- 
tient's belief that some evil exists and possesses the power 
to harm. Holding the patient in the power of this thought 
for a space of time, radiating its light through the mind 
and directing its forces into the parts of the body in need 
of education, he will carry the conviction of the Spirit to 
the error thoughts and convert them to a more positive 
state of health and peace. 

This supreme positiveness is the highest development 
of the healing thought, enabling the goodness of Truth 
to assume command of the negative mind and remodel it 



HEALING CURRENTS. 83 

after its own pattern of perfection. In the treatment the 
whole mind becomes so devoted and concentrated in the 
healing thought that there are times when it seems to 
lose itself into the thoughtless, wordless consciousness of 
power, becoming the instrument of the miraculous heal- 
ing influx of the Christ. 

There is a wonder-working law which healers have 
occasionally touched — the magical mercy of Jesus Christ 
— and when those desirous of healing for self or others 
have fulfilled this law, either consciously or unconsciously, 
the results have been all that could be desired, the healing 
perfect and complete. 

Jesus was dominated with but one purpose, the healing 
and awakening of God's beloved. Every cell in His na- 
ture thrilled with that one desire, the vital impulse of the 
great Whole. He became so imbued with the realization 
of God present in all, that with his glorified vision he 
saw his persecutors as gods, and tried to reveal the in- 
finite possibilities of the God presence in them and 
around them, waiting only their recognition to spring 
forth into newness of life and joy within and abundant 
fruition of goodness without them. The healing pres- 
ence became so actual to Him through singleness of eye 
to the power of Good that he fully represented this re- 
deeming and saving power. He was physical and mental 
health, and his touch was the contagion of health. 

We shall grow more perfect in the power to heal as we 
lose our life of worldliness, as we forget all thoughts of a 
mortal, material world of evil, in the contemplation of 
the truth that we stand face to face with the living Soul 
of the grand universe, expressing its vital energy in every 
afom of this splendid cosmos of manifested intelligence. 

Holy, Holy, Holy is the Lord of hosts. The whole 
earth is full of His Glory. 



84 HEALING CURRENTS. 



OBSESSION. 

Disembodied spirits often cause debilitated and dis- 
eased conditions of the body. All persons are sensitive 
in a greater or less degree to the influence of departed 
friends, who may remain for a time in close proximity 
to the earth. As there are good and evil (undeveloped) 
characters in this world, so also in the mental or spirit- 
ual realms such characters exist, and their influence with 
mortals has been proved to the satisfaction of all who 
have given the subject careful attention. A spirit, good 
or evil, cannot remain in the atmosphere of a mortal 
without drawing from the magnetic or vital force of 
that mortal, so it is of great value for mortals to know 
how to use their thoughts to dissolve from them all 
disembodied influences, especially when they feel an 
unaccountable depletion of the nervous system. Epi- 
lepsy, paralysis, and some cases of nervousness, 
general debility and insanity are directly caused 
by the existence of spirits in the atmosphere of the 
personality. Very often persons dying of cancer, con- 
sumption and other diseases return in their spirit form 
to their friends, and as their minds are full of the 
thoughts and feelings of the disease with which they 
departed, they reflect their diseased thoughts and feel- 
ings into the mental organization of their mortal friends, 
and only an understanding of the mental causes of the 
disease avails to overcome the diseased conditions re- 



HEALING CURRENTS. 85 

fleeted into the bodies of those who are thus over- 
shadowed by the diseased spirits. 

The spirits must be cut away by the use of the thought 
power and instructed to go to the healers in spirit life to 
be healed. The spirits must be talked to mentally and 
told of the trouble they are causing to their friends 
here. They must be freed from their bondage to the 
earthly life. 

The account of Jesus casting out spirits from the epi- 
leptic and insane should be read as literal truth. See 
Addenda. 

t£fr <2fr e5* 

TREATMENT FOR OBSESSION. 

Every mediumistic attribute is dissolved from my na- 
ture. I am not a medium to the invisible world. I am 
not a medium for spirits of any kind. All mediumistic 
fluids are dissolved from my brain and nervous system. 
All elements in my nature that cause me to be subject to 
spirit influences are dissolved, are now entirely eliminated 
from my nature. 

All magnetic connections with the spirit world are dis- 
solved from my brain. Spirits cannot bind themselves to 
my aura by any magnetic force. Spirits cannot live in 
proximity to my nature. I repel all astral and spirit in- 
fluences. All connecting links between friends or rela- 
tives in the spirit world are dissolved. I do not draw to 
myself any friends or foes from spirit life. Spirits good 
or evil cannot draw upon my vitality. 

Spirits have no power to devitalize or debilitate my 
nature. I now take full possession of my own magnetic 



86 HEALING CURRENTS. 

sphere, and I will not allow any mind, incarnate or de- 
carnate, to influence me or draw from me. 

By the power of my thought-word I dissolve all spirit 
entities from my mental atmosphere. By the power of 
my spiritual thought I resist all disembodied influences. 
I set my thoughts so positively to resist all false mental 
influences that I am protected by my thoughts day and 
night. I will cultivate by daily affirmation and denial so 
strong a mental force that no spirit of any kind can draw 
upon my vital nature. My sexual nature cannot be in- 
fluenced by or devitalized by spirits. My own mind be- 
comes awake to its own spiritual powers so that it pro- 
tects me day and night. 

Through the power of Him who commanded the devils 
to depart from the nature of mortals I command all 
spirits to depart from me. I will that they shall leave 
me free and seek the freedom 'of the higher states of spirit 
life. In the name of Jesus Jehovah, the Master of all 
Spirits, I am now freed from all obsessing influences. I 
now rejoice in the powers of a free spirit of God. I will 
cultivate by affirmation and denial the powers of my own 
spirit, and I know that this process will develop within 
and around me a mighty mental force, and through this 
body of faith substance the protecting power of the Holy 
Spirit will become manifest in all my ways. 

So lengthy a treatment as the above is apt to diffuse 
the thought if it is used as a whole, therefore it would 
be better to use it in sections, and to memorize those sen- 
tences that seem to be most potent in clearing the mental 
atmosphere. Thoughts of this kind must be used daily 
for months in order to develop a mental power sufficient 
to overcome. The mental exercise will bear fruit in more 
ways than one. 



HEALING CURRENTS. 87 

This treatment should not be used except in cases of 
obsession. In such cases it will be apt to awaken consider- 
able resistance from the unseen side and cause mental 
antagonism. When this disturbance is felt a treatment 
for love and peace should be used to harmonize conditions. 
Spirits should not be held to this plane by any ties of rela- 
tionship; they should be free to progress into higher 
spheres of knowledge. Spirits who do not want to pro- 
gress have no right to devitalize any mortal for their own 
selfish ends. 

^* c£* t^* 

THE MYSTERY OF OMNIPOTENCE. 

Mount Pelee uttered its devastating word, and twenty- 
eight thousand souls were swept from this field of ac- 
tion. After a great cataclysm there arises in the minds 
of many the old idea of God in His wrath smiting the 
children of earth for their wickedness. Many are led to 
question the almightiness of God, in the orthodox sense 
of God being able to do just as he might choose in caus- 
ing or forestalling the manifestation of an energy like 
that exhibited on the island of Martinique. 

Is there a personal or impersonal God who is able 
to do just as He may please in and with the universe? 
Is there an omnipotent Intelligence guiding and con- 
trolling the operation of natural law? The atheist 
quickly answers, No. To him there is only a universal 
blind force that operates as immutable and unchangeable 
law. The agnostic sees that there is undeviating law op- 
erative everywhere; more he does not claim to know. 
The orthodox thinker claims that the Lord is omnipotent, 



88 HEALING CURRENTS. 

but he cannot give a reason why the Lord should allow 
cataclysms to interfere with the peace of humanity. 

It is the belief of a great number of the advanced 
thinkers of the day that there is an omnipotent and uni- 
versal Intelligence prevalent in the universe, but that 
there are different degrees of manifestation of this one 
almighty Power. 

The physical universe of matter is the negative aspect 
of this great Power, and we call the mode of expression 
of this great Force natural law. The vibrations of force 
exist in a continuous scale, from the gross vibrations of 
physical substance to the finest vibrations of mental 
energy. As the forms of life come into manifestation 
they organize and exhibit this universal power in vary- 
ing degrees of complexity, from the animalculae to man. 
As forms evolve and become more complex they come 
in touch with finer and finer- degrees of force. At first 
they have only the power to organize life; later there is 
born the ability to sense, which develops, still later in 
evolution, into the animal's faculty of instinct, which is 
a certain responsiveness to the mental waves that contain 
intelligence. This faculty, which we call instinct in the 
animal, can be expanded in man so that he can come in 
touch with the finer and deeper waves of omniscience 
that vibrate through the mighty Mind of God. 

When the great processes of evolution, working so 
ceaselessly and tirelessly in Nature's magic wonder- 
house, have brought the complex structure and brain of 
man into manifestation, we can say that God has made 
man out of the dust of the earth ; and because this highly 
organized being is capable of responding to the Divine 
Spirit that inhabits the inmost recesses of existence, we 
can also say that God has breathed into him the breath 



HEALING CURRENTS. 89 

of life. Therefore incarnate man is the mediator be- 
tween the highest and lowest states of being, and in him 
are organized the vibrations that allow him to receive 
from and communicate with every region in the physical 
and spiritual universe. 

We are taught that each form is composed of atoms 
that are vibrating to and fro with intense rapidity, and 
that the atoms themselves are but forms of vibrating 
force. The tables, chairs and books in our rooms, and 
even the walls, are masses of vibrations. The atmos- 
phere is also a vibrating substance ; in fact, all life is vi- 
bration in different degrees of intensity, The finer vi- 
brations interpenetrate those more gross. For instance, 
those fine vibrations called the X-ray penetrate through 
flesh and through wood without disturbing the vibra- 
tions of those substances, and there are still more spiritual 
vibrations than the X-ray. You can imagine a form 
composed of the X-ray vibrations being present in the 
spot occupied by a grosser form, without one form being 
sensibly present to the other. Thinking along the same 
line, you can see how the mighty vibrations of the God- 
presence can be present in the room and in one's body, 
and all through space, without being directly evident to 
the senses. Thus we can reason that the Omnipotent 
Intelligence is omnipresent in the realm of positive ex- 
istence, without being able to directly influence the opera- 
tions of natural law. Thus we see the need of a me- 
diator. We see that creation is not complete without 
man, and that God is dependent upon man for the ful- 
fillment of His manifestation, as truly as man is depend- 
ent upon God for the power and wisdom that shall enable 
him to gain dominion over the negative and undeveloped 
forces of nature. 



90 HEALING CURRENTS. 

The resistant granite, the crystal quartz, the beautiful 
flower, the graceful tree and the strong and cunning 
animal are all parts of the vast intelligence of God, but 
they are intelligence in a latent state. Only in man is 
this intelligence come to consciousness or developed to a 
knowledge of its power. It is the privilege and duty of 
man to make God manifest for the benefit of all lesser 
degrees of evolving intelligence. And even in man there 
are degrees of the expression of this intelligence. Man 
may only be receptive to the vibrations of animal life, 
and he may live in the sphere of animal sensation, or 
he may live in and express the finer and more interior de- 
grees of his complex nature from the intellectual sphere 
of perception and understanding to the will sphere of 
loving and being, in the realization of the omniscient love 
of the Christ consciousness, which is the presence of the 
Father within. 

Jesus Christ was developed' to the most exalted de- 
gree of union with the omnipotent Father, and according 
to his power of organizing, by faith and love, this posi- 
tive intelligent power, he was master of all the lesser 
vibrations of mind and matter and was able to inspire the 
mind of humanity with a renewed impetus toward Di- 
vinity. 

The pleasure of living increases as the interior springs 
are opened and allowed to flow out through the nature. 
Many maiden ladies have found a sweet solace in caring 
for flowers and mothering cats and dogs. These ob- 
jects have drawn out the divine love from within the 
soul, with the result that the giver and the object of care 
and affection were both blessed. If two boxes of flower 
seeds are planted at the same time, and one is blessed 
with thoughts of life and love day after day, while the 
other is left to grow unthought of, the seeds that have 



HEALING CURRENTS. 91 

been brooded over by a thoughtful, loving mind will re- 
spond to the vivifying influence of thought and outstrip 
in rapid growth the seeds that have not had the human 
blessings. The same kind of treatment will bring a dog 
or cat or horse to a wonderful development of intel- 
ligence; and the time is not far away when this simple 
truth will be understood and practiced in dealing with 
the perverted or undeveloped intelligence of the criminal 
classes. Even little children are doing a great work in 
the evolution of the souls of animals as they give to their 
pets the finer and more highly organized vibrations of the 
human species. 

Thus the higher degrees of the Father's love and wis- 
dom are open to the lowliest degrees and forms of life 
through mankind, and every human being may be a co- 
operator with the Father in lifting all beings to a higher 
degree of intelligence and power in the limitless scale 
of evolving life. Everyone that radiates the blessing of 
love to all creatures, with the understanding that All is 
Good, is a mediator between the Father and His crea- 
tion, and will realize the great satisfaction that comes 
from expressing the qualities and powers of the soul. And 
the birth and expression of the Christ love in and from 
the soul will bring the conviction of individual immor- 
tality as sons and daughters of God, forever working 
hand in hand with the omnipotent Father in His great 
work of glorifying His universe. 

Knowing this great truth of man's intimate relation 
to the Father, as an agent in the sublimization and spir- 
itualization of all substance, that the Father may be all 
in all, we can look forward with prophetic vision to the 
unfolding future, when all error and ignorance will have 
been transformed into divine intelligence, and the mind 
of humanity and of the planet will be so filled with the 



92 HEALING CURRENTS. 

harmonizing light and love of the Father's Presence that 
even the processes of nature will become more orderly 
and intelligent — as now they are more peaceful and set- 
tled than they were in the past — so that all disasters 
from unorganized forces will have come to an end, and 
the whole earth will exhibit the fertility and richness in 
grace and harmony of a heavenly kingdom, where the 
love of the Father is lord and master in all hearts and 
throughout the length and breadth of visible nature. 

C^» <£• ^W 

CULTIVATE YOUR WILL. 

The omnipotent Will of God is holding worlds and so- 
lar systems in obedience to a harmonious order. You 
stand in the highest order of created beings, and you 
have the ability to come 'in direct contact with the 
Divine Will, to the end that it may express its purpose 
of perfection through your whole nature. Develop the 
divine will within you by exercising it. You can culti- 
vate such a mighty force of will by the constant asser- 
tion, "I am, I will," that every temptation will be over- 
come and every bad habit transformed into good by 
the awakening of this mighty attribute to your divinity. 
These affirmations will give you the godlike power of 
dominion : 

I am a living soul of God. 

I will realize the majesty and glory of my divine soul. 

I will feel constantly that I am an angel of light and 
love. 

I will exercise my dominion over every negative condi- 
tion of body and affairs. 

I will conquer all evil. 

I will resist all temptations. 



HEALING CURRENTS. 93 

I will live the pure life of Christ in the flesh. 
•* I will fill every organ of my nature with healing life. 

I will express the perfect life and health that exist in 
my soul. 

I will become such a magnet of love that harmony and 
prosperity shall surround me on all sides. 

I praise the Father for this mighty power that is now 
mine. 

I praise Jesus Christ that my soul's highest aspirations 
are now quickened and awakened by His Holy Spirit. 

I will walk hand in hand with Jesus Christ in making 
His life and power manifest, and help establish His king- 
dom on earth. Praise His Holy Name. \ 

t&* t&* %c& 

BUILDING THE TEMPLE OF FAITH. 

You see the beauty of the divine truth, and now you 
desire to build your temple of mind after its pattern. 
You desire to manifest the truth that you understand. 
Faith is the substance of things hoped for. Faith is a 
mental energy that you can cultivate. Every time you 
think a thought of truth you are adding one more word 
of faith to the mental energy that is building up your 
spiritual body. Every time you make a strong affirma- 
tion of the strength, health and prosperity which are now 
attributes of your soul, you are formulating the quality 
of mental energy that your soul can use to come into 
strong, perfect manifestation. 

The faith that you have generated in the past has been 
a negative form of faith. You have not known the won- 
derful power of thought, and you have allowed various 
kinds of false beliefs to occupy your mind, and conse- 



40 • 



94 HEALING CURRENTS. 

quently your mind-body, the spiritual body that is formed 
of your thoughts, has been open to the influences and 
beliefs that fill the mind of the world, and has not realized 
the dominion of the Mind of God. 

Your mind has exercised a certain negative dominion 
over the flesh, and its limiting beliefs are the cause of 
much bodily discomfort. And all the thinking that has 
formed your present mind-body, which now dominates 
your physical organism, must be regenerated and trans- 
formed into true intelligence, that the power of God 
may become manifest as your physical healer and savior. 
This change of mind comes gradually by the processes 
of education and growth. There is an increasing power 
of mind, as the Presence of God becomes more and 
more visible to the understanding. 

You are the visible form of an endless stream of vitality 
and energy. The Holy Spirit of love broods over you 
and is willing to give you of its almighty strength. God 
is your life. God is your intelligence. The gift of eternal 
life is yours as fast as you can appropriate it. There is no 
limitation placed over you by the love of God. You are 
as unlimited as your source, and you can think yourself 
into freer channels of life and expression. You will feel 
the glowing fire of the divine presence as it begins its 
work of regenerating your physical nature, and the thrill 
of the heavenly vitality will convince you that your body 
is the kingdom of heavenly bliss. 

Spend some time daily in thinking and speaking truth 
for yourself, with confidence that you are co-operating 
with the Father in building a divine temple for His 
presence to inhabit. Think thus : 

I am in the midst of the almighty forces of God that 
are all working for my good. All are working for my 
prosperity. I will with all the power of my mind and 



HEALING CURRENTS. 95 

soul that all my affairs shall quickly arrange themselves 
for the demonstration of my prosperity. All that is mine 
shall come to me, and there is no one with any power to 
withhold my own from me. Love and justice reign su- 
preme in all my world. All is Good. God the Good pro- 
tects, sustains and prospers me now and at all times. I 
recognize only the good in all beings. My faith is 
grounded and unalterably fixed in the Good, and thus my 
faith will conquer every belief of evil, and I will by my 
true faith hold myself in unity with the powerful Mind of 
God. 

I am living in the midst of an ocean of vitality and 
intelligence. "In God I live and move and have my be- 
ing/' I am breathing this vitality and strength every 
moment, asleep or awake. My stomach is vitalized and 
able to assimilate sustenance and strength from all I eat. 
I love to eat and absorb strength. I am in tune with all 
nature and with the healing power of God, and all things 
are giving me of their life and energy. I see and feel that 
the whole universe is a vast sea of life and energy and 
beneficent intelligence and I am a magnet in the midst 
of it all, appropriating all that I need to build a perfect, 
healthy body and mind. 

I know, Oh Thou Eternal One, that thy love holds me 
in its almighty embrace. I am a little child in thy hands. 
I trust implicitly to thy all-wise presence. Fill me with 
thy Spirit of Truth, that I may thoroughly know and 
feel that All is Good ; that all fear and care may depart 
from my mind. I will learn of Thee, that I may find 
Thy peace. I know that as the spirit of thy truth grows 
strong in my mind, all mortal errors and fears will vanish, 
as the mists dissolve and disappear before the morning 
sun. Thou art the sun of my soul, and in the brightness 



96 HEALING CURRENTS. 

of thine omnipresent glory my soul now awakens and is 
filled with the joy of immortal life. 

I praise thy intelligence, which I see manifesting every- 
where. I praise thy love, which is present within each 
soul. I praise thy life, which is the omnipotent sus- 
tainer of all creatures. I praise the Lord my Christ for 
the grandeur of the Sun of Righteousness that now il- 
lumines and glorifies my life. 

Glory to God in the Highest, peace on earth, good- 
will to men. 

^* ^5* t^* 

TRUST IN GOD. 

With the proper understanding of the truth of the 
Mighty Lord of Lives, I know you can bring yourself to 
so perfect a faith in His power and presence that you 
will not be moved by anything that transpires around 
you. Unless you arrive at this stage of faith your 
knowledge is vain and valueless as a spiritual support. 

You are disturbed by inharmonious conditions in your 
own life and allow yourself to be affected by the troubles 
of other people. This is because of your great sympathy. 
But the one who is firmly poised in the truth of the good- 
ness of the PRESENCE of the Father, and who has made 
Real to his mind, by constant affirmation, the truth 
that He is the OMNIPOTENT ONE, is undisturbed by 
the many appearances of evil while doing all possible to 
alleviate the conditions, because he is firmly grounded in 
the faith that the Almighty cannot be thwarted, and all 
must from OMNIPOTENT NECESSITY work for 
GOOD. And when we are so strong in this faith, the 
true faith that unites us to the power of Jesus Jehovah, 
we then make the perfect mental conditions whereby only 



HEALING CURRENTS. 97 

good can operate in and around us, whereas, if we are 
unsettled in mind and do not furnish a still positive 
point for the radiation of the power that makes for 
good, all things seem to work to create more disturbance. 

We cannot keep in union with the Christ if we have 
any other gods besides Him, if we allow any personality 
to come between Him and us. While working for all 
good results, we must leave each and every soul free to be 
moved by His Will, and not take the responsibility of 
forcing anything to come in the life of another just as 
we think it should, for then we may operate to hinder 
the very thing which the all-wise Spirit is operating to 
accomplish. 

The more we positively affirm what we know to be true, 
the more positive and powerful our faith becomes, so it 
is our method to make affirmations continually toward 
building up the spiritual mind of faith. The power of 
God is impartial; it will operate to do whatever our 
thought turns it to accomplish. So we must speak the 
words of truth with confidence, knowing that they are 
seeds that will bring a perfect fruitage in God's own time. 

Truth is mighty and WILL Prevail — if we give it a 
mental form through which it can act. 

t&& t&* t&& 

THE WORD OF POWER. 

As we comprehend the symphonies of the great musi- 
cians, we see them to be wonderful creations of grace and 
beauty. We understand that the discords are just as 
necessary as the harmonies to make a perfect, artistic 
whole. We see that discords and harmonies must be 
contrasted in order to bring out the relative value of 



98 HEALING CURRENTS. 

each. And looking at the symphony in a comprehensive 
way we say that it is all harmony; viewed from the ar- 
tistic standpoint there are no discords ; it is a perfect evo- 
lution of musical thought. But looking at it from the 
standpoint of details, analyzing chord after chord, we use 
the relative statements, and say that one set of notes is 
a discord, while another is a harmony. So it is the time 
element that makes manifest the discords and reveals the 
evolution of discords into harmonies. There are long 
drawn out discords and the quick modulations and reso- 
lutions of chords, all ending at last in the tonic or key- 
note, which is the victorious alpha and omega determin- 
ing all progression in the musical composition. 

The universe is the grand symphony of God's love, 
and our souls are divine notes evolved by the Master 
musician, and all are fulfilling a wise end and use in the 
progressing harmony of life. As we contemplate the 
vast design of the orderly cosmos, we are compelled to 
acknowledge an operating Wisdom above all mortal com- 
prehension. Looking at the universe from a point of 
view above the petty details of mortal existence, we are 
willing to acknowledge that it is an artistic production 
of a Master Mind ; that it is a living symphony, all grace, 
all wisdom, all harmony. Coming down to the details of 
life in time, where the evolution of the tones of the uni- 
versal symphony appear as discords, and, in their unre- 
lated groupings, as continuous sounding dissonances, 
we are apt to lose sight of the majestic march of the 
Whole in its progression in the wisdom and love of God. 
God is the Master Musician, and His soul of love and 
light is the keynote of existence, the alpha and omega 
from which all the harmonies of existence proceed and 
into which all are again resolved. 

From the standpoint of His wisdom there is no evil 



HEALING CURRENTS. 99 

or discord ; all is good and all is harmonious to the eternal 
Mind that rules and sways all in endless progressions of 
wisdom and love. It is only because we look at things 
from a limited viewpoint in time, where the future reso- 
lutions and evolutions of the discords of existence are not 
apparent, that evil appears as an incomprehensible mys- 
tery. From the view given in this analogy we can under- 
stand the truth that all life and intelligence and all sub- 
stance are expressions of God, and therefore good, and 
that evil is but an appearance to us because we do not 
comprehend the purpose of God or the evolution of His 
purpose in humanity. No philosophy has ever given a 
satisfactory reason for the existence of evil or evolved a 
theory of a beneficent Intelligence without making Him 
responsible for any evil that might enter into His creation. 

This idea of the universal goodness of all that is, is 
the foundation thought for all spiritual progression. 
Spirituality consists in coming into sympathetic rela- 
tionship with the Mind of God and thinking and feeling 
as His Spirit inspires, and in order to accomplish this 
our mind must be lifted above the limited conceptions 
which the race has evolved, and conceive of the Spirit of 
God in the Goodness of His eternal reality. If we com- 
prehend that the motive from which His wisdom acts is 
universal love, we shall desire to bring our whole nature 
into accord with this supreme Tone of life, and we shall 
see from this exalted standpoint that love and goodwill, 
not selfishness and condemnation, are the Christ-like 
modes of expression. 

His Spirit is ever present in the positive states of the 
universal Mind, but until we grow to a positive degree 
of faith or knowledge, our mind is related only to the 
negative state of the universal Mind, and cannot feel, or 
respond to, the movements of the Spirit. Like the plati- 



ng r 



100 HEALING CURRENTS. 

num. wire in the glass bulb, we are glorified by our ability 
to resist the vibrations of Spirit, and thus make it mani- 
fest. As our mental structure becomes more and more 
positive with divine thoughts and feelings, we advance 
from negative to more positive states of spiritual life, 
until we gain a power of spiritual positiveness and re- 
sistance that enables us to stand upright as Sons of the 
Eternal, and feel the beatings of the waves of deific life 
against every particle of our spiritual nature. Verily, we 
must be almightily positive in love and truth if we would 
be able to polarize and organize into our own being the 
forces of Omnipotence. 

It is a common idea that man is a medium or receptacle 
for God, an instrument through which God will flow, 
as water flows through a tube, or electricity through a 
copper wire. I have watched those who have held this 
idea, but have failed to see them attain to any exalted 
consciousness of God. It has been my experience that 
God seeks to glorify minds that can stand without flinch- 
ing in the white glory of the Nameless presence, and 
trace their pedigree to God, and unite with Him in ex- 
pressing the power that has dominion over the negative 
minds and conditions which have not yet arrived at the 
consciousness of the divinity resident within the positive 
center of their being. This dominion is but the power of 
love that irresistibly leads and attracts undeveloped minds, 
even against their knowledge and will, into the way of 
progressive evolution toward the sublime heights of di- 
vinity. 

It was the positive knowledge which Jesus had of His 
oneness with the Father that enabled Him to bear the 
glory of the Father in His nature. For years He had 
cultivated a body of thought, a character built out of 
positive affirmations of true thought, until He had a pure, 



HEALING CURRENTS. 101 

resistant spiritual nature which had become an organiza- 
tion of the mighty thought of God, a radiating Center of 
divine love and wisdom. He thought the truth and spoke 
what He saw to be true of His soul, until the aggregation 
of a vast number of positive thought-forces combined to 
form His mind into one glorious word of power. He 
lived so continually in the thought and faith of the Logos 
that He became the Word and Spirit of the Almighty 
incarnate. 

He was so positively alive with the life and thought of 
God that it was enough for him to project an emanation 
of his own faith into the nature of one who needed and 
was ready for this healing influx, to set his whole nature 
to vibrating with divine harmony and health. The Spirit 
of God inspired the whole aggregation of his thoughts, 
and his glorified mind-body filled his flesh with the vital- 
ity of eternity, so that when he projected an emanation 
from his soul sphere, his mental sphere and his magnetic 
sphere into a patient, all conditions were made for the 
instantaneous demonstration of health in the patient's 
whole being. Thus the health and harmony of Jehovah 
God came into instantaneous manifestation through His 
spiritualized instrument. And in the degree that we al- 
low the spirit of truth and love to express through our 
nature, we also shall, like Jesus, be able to make God's 
mercy manifest. 

We are just beginning to learn that our nature is a 
battery for the generation of mental force. We are con- 
tinually sending out currents of thought force from our 
mental battery. And it is being demonstrated that our 
thoughts are alive with an energy and intelligence capable 
of operating at a distance from the brain from which 
they are sent. And more wonderful still, we are being 
influenced for good or ill by the thoughts of others which 



102 HEALING CURRENTS. 

we allow to enter our mental sphere. So that we are 
either positive generators of thoughts which affect others, 
or we are ourselves being affected by the thoughts of 
others. In fact, we are always being impressed by minds 
more positive than ours, and in turn impressing minds 
less positive. Knowing this, it behooves us, for our 
own protection, to become more positive than the minds 
with whom we associate, andHthat we may realize the 
greatest good for ourselves, and give the minds who come 
under our influence an impulse toward purer and higher 
thinking, we should cultivate an expression of thought 
which will relate us to the mighty Mind of eternal Good- 
ness and Wisdom. 

We are learning of the power of the word, and its 
magical influence with other minds, but many are gain- 
ing a realization that when the power of the word is used 
for selfish ends it may bring more sorrow than joy; that 
with the operation of occult forces there comes a respon- 
sibility which is apt to bring more bondage than freedom. 
Those who try to hold others in selfish bondage do not 
rise out of the sphere of selfish forces themselves, and so 
with the intensification of their selfish-mindedness they 
are limited as never before. Only those who are willing 
to arise and go to the Father, and abide in His love and 
wisdom, find the way that leads to the demonstration, 
in their individual lives, of the Word of power. 

The mysterious power of the Spirit of God is not a 
physical vibration, nor is it a mental vibration of thought ; 
it is a power above and beyond thought. Some have 
thought that this Breath of the Almighty could be in- 
drawn by certain breathing exercises. These exercises 
will refine the physical nature and make it sensitive to 
certain occult vibrations, but they are of a sphere sub- 
ordinate to the almighty Spirit. The Spirit is a breath 



HEALING CURRENTS. 103 

in a correspondent sense only. It is inbreathed into the 
spiritual mind as air is inspired by the lungs, but no 
process of physical respiration will open the mind to the 
Breath of divine Wisdom. This can only come by edu- 
cating the mind in the knowledge of eternal truth. Every 
wise teacher has emphasized the fact that freedom, health 
and salvation are to be found in the mighty principle 
called truth. Therefore, Jesus taught truth instead of 
breathing exercises as a means of health and soul poise. 
It is the Spirit above man's mortal thought which en- 
dows man with divine power. Let us take for illustration 
two men of equal mental powers. Each understands 
how to generate mental force from his organism. The 
first has great faith in his own mental powers, and ac- 
cording to his faith he generates forces from his mental 
battery which proceed to accomplish that whereunto they 
were sent. The second has faith in the goodness and 
power of God, and generates thoughts of truth which 
have the power of the first man's thoughts plus as much 
of the Spirit as the second can organize into his thought. 
Thus the man whose mind is illuminated with truth will 
have a power in his thoughts and words which will carry 
a conviction of the Spirit equal to the purity, the sincer- 
ity and the realization of truth of the mind from which 
they are evolved. When the mind perceives the eternal 
verities and enunciates them into positive thoughts, these 
thoughts are alive with the Spirit that is eternal life itself. 
More important then than physical breathing exercises 
or mental concentration is the awakening of the soul to 
the knowledge and love of the living God, that it may in- 
breathe the Breath of Eternity and gain the conscious 
power which will illuminate the mind and revitalize the 
body with a spontaneous joy that will be irresistibly po- 



104 HEALING CURRENTS. 

tent in transforming the nature and subordinating all 
processes into harmony with itself. 

If the student sits and practices breathing exercises or 
mental concentration in a mortal frame of mind, thought 
vibrations will be indrawn from the negative mortal 
sphere of the universal mind, but if the student's mind is 
first made positive and radiant with the Spirit of truth, 
by affirmation of living eternal truth, there will come, by 
the law of like attracting like, an influx of thought which 
will have an uplifting and exalting power superior to that 
which comes from the first process. 

To sit in a negative state of thought and passively 
draw upon the invisible for occult power will make one 
a medium for a quality of mental influx like that with 
which his mind is in tune at the moment. Thus is medium- 
ship developed, which opens the mental doors to just the 
quality of mind which we are striving to outgrow and 
overcome. So the mind must be first exalted by aspira- 
tion and affirmation to the love and contemplation of 
divine truths, and then when the whole being becomes 
spiritually positive in the joy of expressing living 
thoughts of wisdom, a state of passive receptivity will 
bring to the soul the emanations of heavenly inspiration. 

There is latent now in each individual soul a power of 
divinity capable of transforming the whole body into 
health and perfection. This power, which is the Spirit of 
the Almighty, may be expressed through positive affirma- 
tions of truth ; thoughts of recognition which embody in 
mental form its divine potency. Through faith this Spirit 
manifests its power. And faith may be cultivated and 
developed by affirmations of truth relating to the good- 
ness and wisdom and perfection of this power. We may 
affirm the presence of almighty health and strength until 
we feel the glowing power infilling our thoughts and 



HEALING CURRENTS. 105 

tingling with joyous life through every cell of the body. 
It is by affirmation of the truth that we build the spiritual 
temple of faith through which God comes into manifest 
expression in our flesh. And as we develop this spiritual 
word potency, and tune our nature to the keynote of the 
divine life of love and service, we shall gain the con- 
sciousness of the actual presence of the Father, and be- 
come so alive with His grace and harmony that God will 
live in every part of our being, and we shall begin to 
realize in some degree the possibilities of demonstration 
that Christ attained as the Word of Power. 

»,$* t^* «<t* 

NERVOUS DEBILITY. 

Nervous debility is often caused by accumulations of 
dark mental forces in the aura or mental atmosphere of 
the person, which produce a despondent feeling and also 
weaken the nervous system, because they absorb the 
vital essence. They must be dissolved by persistent 
denials like these which follow: 

Omnipotence is dissolving all false mental forces from 
my presence. 

All disturbing memories are dissolved. 

All connections with mortal personalities of the past 
are dissolved. 

The Spirit is dissolving all mentalities from my atmos- 
phere. 

All accumulations of dark and depressing thoughts are 
dissipated. 

All mortal thoughts are washed away. 

My home and my temple are now purified by the white 
light of the Divine Presence. I will not have my home an 



106 HEALING CURRENTS. 

abiding-place for any earth-bound spirits of past ac- 
quaintance. Infinite peace and power are now working 
to make all conditions for my perfect healing. The 
mighty Angels of God are my protection, and under the 
shadow of His wings I abide. 
GLORY TO GOD IN THE HIGHEST! 

<^* (^* <5* 

DENY THE IMPERFECT: AFFIRM THE PER- 
FECT. 

The human battery of mental energy may generate 
thought which is constructive or destructive. As the elec- 
tric spark is discharged from the electric apparatus, so, 
in like manner, sparks of thought are discharged from 
the mental apparatus. Although the charges of mental 
force are invisible to mortal sight, they are, nevertheless, 
much more potent in many ways than the crude spark 
of electric energy. Sparks of thought force are superior 
to electric sparks because they are intelligent, and the 
power in each spark will work intelligently to accomplish 
whatever it is directed to do, and instead of becoming 
exhausted it becomes stronger by drawing like mental 
elements to itself. We have a very faint realization as 
yet of the power of thought. When the world wakes up 
to the proper spiritual value of thought, to the creative 
value of thought, the members of the human family will 
become as gods in their dominion over the flesh and over 
all negative environments. 

By affirmation of truth thoughts of constructive power 
are generated. By denial of the beliefs of the past which 
we see to be false we generate a dissolving force which 
dissolves from the subconscious and conscious mind all 



HEALING CURRENTS. 107 

dark and limiting thought forces that tend to disease and 
discord in the human economy. 

The subconscious mind is the storehouse of all the 
thoughts and feelings of this present life, running back 
to the thoughts and feelings of the parents which formed 
the basis of the subconscious mind. 

The subconscious mind of each personality, then, is a 
mental garden, in which is planted all the false and un- 
developed thoughts and feelings of the whole race, or of 
that part of the race from which the personality descended 
most directly. And as the subconscious mind is the spirit 
form or matrix which molds its physical counterpart, 
forming and operating every organ in the body, directing 
the new food elements that are partaken of daily to their 
proper places in the formation of the body, it is necessary, 
therefore, to go back into this subconscious character 
form to find the potent cause for the discord and inhar- 
mony in the physical body. If the seeds of lust, limita- 
tion, fear, ignorance, revenge, cruelty, disease or death 
have been sown by ancestors or by conscious thought in J 
the garden of the subconscious mind, then all these seeds 
will have to be dissolved in order that the subconscious 
mind may reflect the perfect order and harmony of the 
heavenly mind of God and make God's perfect thought 
into a perfect temple of flesh. Not until the subconscious 
mind is cleansed and purified by the dissolving power of 
thought can the soul power within, the true individual 
from God, gain its perfect mastery over its instrument of 
flesh. 

All the thoughts, like thoughts of lust, that have been 
termed sinful must be denied out of the mind, because 
they limit the soul in its perfect expression and fill the 
blood with poison. Evil thoughts, like lust, anger, jeal- 



108 HEALING CURRENTS. 

ousy, etc., have a negative creative force. They transform 
the food elements into poisonous compounds. This is now 
demonstrated conclusively by scientific experiment. But, 
thanks to the knowledge of the action of mind, we know 
that we no longer need to suffer for the sins in thought 
of our parents, nor do we need to suffer for our own sins 
of the past. We can use the process of mental denial to 
dissolve all the seeds of past thoughts from the conscious 
and subconscious mind. A spark of electric energy may 
be sent through the depilatory needle to the root of a hair 
to destroy the root, so by denial may sparks of thought be 
sent into the mysterious recesses of our subconscious 
mind to destroy all false beliefs of the past. The same 
mental force may be used to dissolve all false growths, 
all swellings, all poisonous elements and every diseased 
condition from the physical form. For every one of these 
things has a mental counterpart, and unless the mental 
growth is first dissolved the material means used to dis- 
solve the physical growth will not always be successful, 
because, given the proper conditions, the mental form 
will again reproduce itself in the flesh. So the physician 
of the future will perform surgical operations mentally 
for false growths to get permanent results. 

The best results are attained by the use of denial, fol- 
lowed by affirmation. It will be found that the process 
of denial tends to disturb both the mental and physical 
forces of the body. Denial of diseased conditions will 
disturb the reign of those conditions, and denial of old 
mental beliefs will unsettle the mind for a time, causing 
the darkness of past thoughts to rise up and shroud the 
mind in gloom. But there is no real reason for fear, if 
the denials are not persisted in for too long a time. 
Strong denials should be followed by peaceful, harmoniz- 



HEALING CURRENTS. 109 

ing affirmations, in order to allay any mental or physical 
disturbance caused thereby. 

The following examples of the application of mental 
denial make clear the process. The student can see from 
these how to exercise the mind in denying all conditions of 
mind and body which do not represent the ideal : 

DENIAL OF FEAR. 

I take my stand on my eternal soul, and by the dissolv- 
ing power of my mind I dissolve away all the limiting 
thoughts of the past. 

I am a soul in unity with the omniscient Spirit of God. 
I dissolve all thoughts of ignorance from my mental at- 
mosphere. I am wise with the wisdom of my soul. I am 
the Light that clears away all clouds of mortal ignorance. 
I am the light of heaven. 

All fearful memories of the past are dissolved. I will 
persist in casting out all fearful thoughts from my mind 
until only the Light of divine Love remains. My soul is 
in union with the perfect love of God. I am the perfect 
love of God expressing. There is absolutely nothing to 
fear. All race thoughts of fear are dissolved from my 
mind. All hereditary thoughts of fear are dissolved from 
my conscious and subconscious mind. I will no longer 
be bound by haunting thoughts of fear. I command my 
subconscious mind to cast out all haunting thoughts of 
fear. My soul stands in the joyful light of Love and can- 
not feel fear in any form. My soul is clad in the mantle of 
Light and cannot be troubled by memories of the past. I 
am the fearless Child of Omnipotence. I know the truth 
that All is Good. I know I cannot lose anything. I know 
that no force in heaven or on earth can take my conscious 
individuality from me. I cannot be robbed of any good 



110 HEALING CURRENTS. 

thing. So I have nothing to fear. The fearless Spirit of 
Jesus Jehovah is radiating from within my soul. Praise 
His Holy Name. 

DENY MORTAL HEREDITY. 

As a soul born in the image and likeness of the Mother- 
Father God, I deny the power and influence of mortal 
heredity. I deny all limitations of a mortal heritage. I 
deny the negative truth of my mortal heredity in favor 
of the positive truth of my immortal heritage as a soul of 
God. I will recognize the power of life, health and per- 
fection within my soul, and by my recognition of the 
soul power I will overcome all negative laws of mortal 
belief. 

I cannot be affected by cancerous conditions in my mor- 
tal parents. I refuse to allow any cancerous conditions 
to take root in my nature. By the power of my divine 
soul I dissolve from my nature all tendency toward can- 
cerous conditions. I will no longer look back to mortal 
parents as my ancestors. I will trace my birth direct to 
God, who is the real parent of my real being. I do not 
draw any of my mental or physical attributes from mortal 
parents. I draw all my life, all my thought and all my 
power to express life and health direct from God. I deny 
from my mind any belief that I can be subject to the dis- 
eases of my ancestors- By the power of my will I dis- 
solve all possibility of cancer in my organism. By the in- 
tensity of my thought I dissolve every condition from my 
flesh that would allow cancerous conditions. By the 
power of the Flame of God within my soul I cleanse and 
purify my mind and body of all poisonous elements. I 
will keep my mind and body so pure and my thought so 
true to the power of the divine that only perfect life and 



HEALING CURRENTS. Ill 

health shall manifest through me. I am an endless stream 
of life direct from God, and by recognition of my life in 
God I will keep the stream of my life pure and perfect 
forever. 

DENY MENTAL WEAKNESS. 

God is my life. God is my strength. God is my mental 
power. I am not losing my mind. I am not getting 
weaker in mental power. God's Mind is all about me, and 
from His Mind I now draw my mental energy and 
strength. I am surrounded by His peace and harmony. 

I will not be troubled about material affairs or about 
anything. I will trust all my affairs to the Mighty God. 
I will have faith that all things shall work out for our 
good. I trust to the love and wisdom of God to bring 
all to pass. 

I will sleep in the peace of God every night. I will 
build up in mental strength every night. I WILL NOT 
have any more fainting spells. I will develop my will and 
my mental power by continual use. I will exercise my 
will to overcome. I am greater than all these negative 
conditions that have held me down, and I now exercise 
my will to conquer for the glory of God. 

<<$• «<5* <<5* 

DENY THE CAUSE OF DISEASE. 

In treating diseases mentally, deny out of the mind 
the cause of the appearance. There is no cause for dis- 
ease in your soul nature, which is your true nature. In 
thinking the truth to overcome error thoughts always 
deny every cause that is not real in your soul nature. 
Your soul is truth. The life and perfection of the soul 
are positive power. Think the truth of your soul, speak 



112 HEALING CURRENTS. 

the truth of your soul, and trust it to overcome all nega- 
tive appearances in the flesh. While pain and disease 
may appear very real to the senses, they are not real con- 
ditions to the soul nature. What the soul knows and feels 
as true is the real standard of eternal truth. The soul 
recognizes unlimited life and perfection as the only per- 
manent truth, no matter what may appear real in the 
body. And if the conscious mind will agree with the 
soul and deny all causes of sickness and pain as unreal, 
the sours power and perfection will become manifest. 

Deny cause thus: There is no cause in my soul for 
this pain. There cannot be any cause for pain in this 
temple of truth. My soul is the life and peace of my flesh. 

CATARRH. 

Catarrh is caused by the feverish passions and lusts 
of the race. Almost everyone through mortal heredity 
has received of the passionate nature of mortals. But 
from God, by divine heredity, each one has received an 
interior nature of purity and peace. 

It is not to be inferred from this that everyone who 
has catarrh is of an impure mind. Some of the purest 
in thought are affected through heredity with conditions 
handed down for generations. The hereditary causes of 
diseases exist in the subconscious mind, where they are 
not perceived by the conscious or intellectual mind, and 
from where they affect the constructive processes of life. 
It is the duty of each one to deny out of the subconscious 
mind the causes of disease and all evil tendencies received 
from mortal heredity and assert the power of the divine 
nature until it becomes masterful in controlling the mind 
and body. 

Treatment for Catarrh. — I am a pure soul of God. 
There is no cause for catarrh in me. The lusts and pas- 



HEALING CURRENTS. 113 

sions of mortal heredity cannot poison my blood nor taint 
my flesh with impurity or disease. There is no cause for 
catarrh in this mucous membrane. I dominate this whole 
body with the pure thoughts and feelings of my soul na- 
ture. My mind and body are cleansed of all impure 
thoughts and feelings. The Holy Spirit is powerful to 
cleanse me of all evil and make me whole. 

10* £* t0& 

INSOMNIA. 

The subconscious mind is all-powerful in inducing 
sleep. It is very sensitive to mental suggestions, working 
to carry out the most dominant suggestion that it has 
received. 

When wakefulness has become a habit of the mind, 
much patient effort may be required in some cases to en- 
tirely overcome this habit, but rest assured, if the proper 
suggestions are given to the subconscious mind the for- 
mer suggestions of wakefulness will be uprooted and re- 
freshing sleep will become a permanent habit. 

The habit should be formed of absolutely casting aside 
all the worries and cares, and even the thoughts, of daily 
affairs, before getting into bed. The reclining position 
should be connected with the idea of sleep and rest of 
mind and body, and under no circumstances allow the 
mind to go back over the affairs of the day after going to 
bed, because the activity of mind thus induced will settle 
down into the subconscious state and a tiresome dream 
activity will continue after the conscious mind has become 
heavy with slumber; thus is insomnia developed. Before 
retiring use the treatment for denying out of the mind the 



114 HEALING CURRENTS. 

thoughts of the day,* and turn the thoughts still further 
away from daily cares by devotional study. A more 
spiritual side of the mind will become active, the blood 
will retire from those parts of the brain that have been 
active all day, and with the reclining position will come 
restful slumber. 

If the mind reverts to the thoughts of the day, deny 
them out and affirm that you are going to sleep ; that you 
retired for that purpose. If they persist in returning 
rather than be conquered by them, arise and turn your 
thought again to your spiritual studies, to the Christ and 
the angel worlds ; direct your thought away from the ma- 
terial plane and its affairs entirely, so as to bring a more 
spiritual side of the mind into action. 

The following thoughts should be used to eradicate the 
idea of wakefulness from the subconscious mind : 

When I retire for the night I shall go to sleep immedi- 
ately, and no habit of wakefulness shall keep me from 
sleeping. 

When I lie down the blood shall flow away from my 
brain to the extremities of the body, and my brain shall 
rest. 

Sweet sleep shall steal over my senses, bringing peace 
and rest to body and brain. 

Wakefulness is not a normal condition at night. I 
can overcome it, because all the needs of my nature tend 
to inaction after action, to sleep after wakefulness. 

I will not become discouraged even after apparent fail- 
ures, because I know that all nature is co-operating with 
my efforts. 

My conscious and subconscious minds will sooner or 
later adjust themselves to fulfill my desire and need for 
sleep, because they are obedient to my will and desire. 

•See page 57. 



HEALING CURRENTS. 115 

If I awake during the night I shall expect to immedi- 
ately go to sleep again. 

And now I lay me down to blissful, dreamless sleep, 
I pray that I may sink myself into Thy Will. 
And through Thy will to waken to another day, 
To follow Thee, my Master, closely all the way. 

%2r* %&& %&& 

LET YOUR SOUL EXPRESS. 

Pain and disease in the body are often a crying out of 
its parts to the soul for more life. The soul is the mighty 
magnet that can hold the atoms and organs of the nature 
in perfect harmony and peace. But when the mighty 
polarizing power of the soul is dormant and covered up by 
material-mindedness, the physical organization is not fed 
with the spontaneous life of the soul, and consequently 
cannot carry on its work with the intelligence and skill 
necessary to the perfect operation of all parts in unity. 
Where there is this lack of vitality from the soul, decay 
begins, and soon there are discord and inharmony in the 
physical economy. The nerves cry out to the soul, "O 
give us food, that we may carry on our active life;" the 
mucous membrane calls for vitality that it may repair the 
waste tissue, and the joints try hard to make the soul 
know that they are in need of lubricating oil. 

The soul is a power greater and more intelligent than 
the whole nature; it is life; it is creative energy; it is 
the true physician to the body ; it is the medicine for all 
the ills of the flesh. 

The soul can generate from its physical nature any 
known force that exists in external nature, for man is an 



116 HEALING CURRENTS. 

epitome of God and His infinite Nature. Does electricity 
heal? Well, the body is a chemical laboratory, and the 
action of the chemicals in the physical battery is con- 
stantly producing electric currents that are finer and more 
potent than the crude product evolved from external na- 
ture. Is the human magnetism valuable in the cure of 
diseased conditions? It most certainly is, for the human 
organism cannot exist without a plentiful supply of mag- 
netic force. The physical atoms but float in the electric 
and magnetic currents, and are carried hither and thither 
as subjects of their attractive power, and they group 
themselves around centers of force and intelligence to 
form the various organs of the body, as the iron filings 
group themselves in circles in the magnetic field of a 
horseshoe magnet. 

Can the vibrations of the X-ray dissolve abnormal 
growths from the flesh? Then the soul can also free its 
body of false growths, for it is a master hand at produc- 
ing those subtle vibrations of the X-ray machine. 

Awaken the soul and let it express through the whole 
body, for it created the body for its own use, and not that 
the body should try to live a separate existence of its own, 
apart from the soul. Let the soul have its body as its 
own; then, as the soul finds free, joyous expression 
through its human organization, it will gather the neces- 
sary elements from the food assimilated and make its 
own medicines for the healing of every part. It will fill 
its body with the vitality of God, for the soul is a native 
of eternal life, and on familiar terms with God, the Great 
Physician. 

The soul will generate a brain full of faith in its own 
unlimited power, and a body full of thought force that 



HEALING CURRENTS. 117 

will sway every energy and organ and atom to the ex- 
pression of its intelligent will. 

The soul is the real self, the true individual that is 
the very form and likeness of God'. Surrender to your 
souls, O mortals, and then you will see the mighty con- 
queror come. Then the soul will say, "I am come that 
ye might have life, and have it more abundantly. I am 
the way, the truth and the life. I and my Father are one. 
He that hath seen me hath seen the Father." 

In some way the soul must be resurrected, else there 
is no hope for permanent health or the attainment of per- 
fection. 

The diseased part may be rubbed and pinched and mag- 
netized and electrified and exercised if it will help to bring 
back the circulation of life, but, above all, it must be 
blessed and talked to and infused with thought force, and 
the soul must be called forth into expression before the 
healing and saving power will manifest. It matters not 
how badly paralyzed a limb may be, if you can call the 
soul to live in the decaying, dying parts, there will be a 
return of health and satisfying vitality, for lo, the soul is 
the resurrection and the life everlasting. 

Let your soul speak these potent words, for the words 
of Jesus are voiced by each soul as it comes into mani- 
festation : "I proceeded forth and came from God, neither 
came I of myself, but He sent me. This is the work of 
God, that ye might believe on Him whom He hath sent. 
I am the bread of life ; he that cometh to me shall never 
hunger, and he that believeth on me shall never thirst. 
For I came down from heaven not to do my own will, 
but the will of Him that sent me. Whoso eateth my flesh 
and drinketh my blood (the thoughts and affections of the 
soul) hath eternal life; and I will raise him up at the last 



118 HEALING CURRENTS. 

day. As the living Father hath sent me, and I live by the 
Father, so he that eateth me, even he shall live by me. It 
is the Spirit that quickeneth; the flesh profiteth nothing. 
The words that I speak unto you, they are spirit and they 
are life. He that believeth on me, out of his interior 
shall flow rivers of living water. If a man keep my say- 
ing, he shall never see death. (He shall realize the eternal 
consciousness of the soul while yet in the flesh.) Before 
Abraham was I Am." 

5<5* C<5* C<5* 

YE ARE SLUMBERING GODS ! 

The essential attributes of Jehovah God are organized 
into your individual soul. The Father has organized His 
omniscient love into a glowing sun of light and power, 
and this divine ego is your soul, your true self, the Lord 
of your mind and body. 

This living Pearl of Divinity is the Presence of God 
within your nature; you can well afford to sell all your 
accumulations of earthly thought, even though it seem a 
great sacrifice, in order to attain to conscious possession 
of this Pearl of great price. 

This divine individual of God, this Christ within, is 
slumbering in the spiritual depths of your being, awaiting 
the quickening word to arouse its mighty consciousness 
into spiritual activity and power. "Know ye not that ye 
are the temple of the living God, and the Spirit of God 
dwelleth within you?" 

Spiritualize your mind and body, or your positive and 
negative mind, with the radiance of the Father's presence 
by prayerful devotion to the Lord of souls, for thus will 
you polarize to yourself the spiritual emanations from the 
Soul of God, which will surround and infuse your soul 



HEALING CURRENTS. 119 

with heavenly life and strength, and awaken it again to a 
realization of its mighty possibilities as a living son of 
God. 

In fervent devotion of spirit pour out your prayers and 
praises to the Great Glory that is the sum of almightiness 
within and above your soul being, and thereby you will 
generate the quickening flame that shall set your soul on 
fire with conscious, blissful power. 

Only in the zeal and purity of a devotional life, of a 
mind and body purified of earthly thoughts and de- 
sires, and living to fulfill the purpose of the soul, which 
is the will of God, can the soul develop and expand its 
immortal potentialities and make God manifest in the 
flesh. 

Unless you are living for your soul, you have not 
learned to live ; the great meaning and purpose of life are 
to you as a book that has not been opened. You are but 
conscious on the lowest and dreariest stratum of your con- 
sciousness. All the blissful pleasures of the higher planes 
of thought and feeling in your being, the joyous mingling 
of the positive and negative attributes of your spiritual 
nature, are hidden from you, and the doors of heaven, 
from which streams the light of eternal consciousness, 
seem closed, and you seek for pleasure and peace where 
none are to be found. 

Turn you to the light that never fails, to the love that 
is longing to infold you in conscious bliss ; turn from 
your idols of flesh, which intoxicate the mind and destroy 
the body; turn to the Lord your God; and if you will 
worship Him with the same untiring zeal with which you 
sought for transient things, He will reward you with His 
unchanging love, and your soul will awaken to immortal 
life, and then with your help it will purify and glorify the 



120 HEALING CURRENTS. 

sacred centers in your body and teach you the secret of 
spiritual alchemy, whereby the conserved forces of your 
body pass through a transmutation that refines them into 
a substance necessary to the soul in the expression of the 
Word of Power. 

And this knowledge will be useless to you unless you 
have proven your sincerity by overcoming the lusts of the 
flesh and conquering all attractions that would draw you 
from your devotion to your divine purpose of making 
God manifest. For without absolute purity of life, the 
soul, which has its birth from the immaculate purity of 
the divine nature, cannot correspond with the flesh, be- 
cause of the partition of impure thoughts and feelings. 
But when your will, coupled with the awakened will of 
your soul, has gained complete dominion over the desires 
of the flesh, your soul will express through your pure, 
true thought, and flood the six sacred centers in your 
body with the soul consciousness, and then will you be 
conscious of the immortality of the Sons of God even to 
the most negative degree of your nature. 

These six sacred centers may be called, because of 
their inner and outer functions, the twelve doors of re- 
generation, for it is through these doors that the victorious 
soul — in the consciousness of Christ, and one with Him 
in the work of the Father — enters into conscious expres- 
sion as the son of man. 

Oh, that all children of the Father might learn of the 
holy path of regeneration — this straight and narrow 
path — which leads to the highest mastery, and gives the 
greatest joy and peace to the devotee. 

When once you see this path of immortality, its purity, 
its grace and its bliss, you will be filled with a divine en- 
thusiasm to travel it to the supreme goal, and you will 



HEALING CURRENTS. 121 

see the uselessness of all mortal aims that do not tend to 
allow you to fulfill the object of your soul's incarnation, 
the manifestation in form and power of the Word of God. 
And once you place your feet on this path you will go for- 
ward steadily in the progressive way, allowing no ob- 
stacle to hinder your determination, nor any idea of time 
to disturb your faith, for you will be filled with the convic- 
tion that you are in the path of life, and only by system- 
atic effort for days, months and years can you fulfill the 
object of your being. 

And when all thought and desire of your nature are 
polarized toward the realization of the highest ideal, even 
the loss of the physical counterpart of the mind will not 
stop the upward progression through the aeons of eternity, 
because your soul will continue to inhabit its pure mind- 
body or spirit form and, like the resurrected Jesus, it 
will continue the development and regeneration of its 
mental forces and express its wisdom and power 
through its spiritual body, in all its future progressions in 
the objective realms of the universal heavens. 

<^* <5^ *£& 

AWAKE, MY SOUL, AWAKE, AND CHRIST 
SHALL GIVE THEE LIGHT. 

"And now, O Father, glorify Thou me with Thine 
own self with the glory which I had with Thee before 
the world was." — John xvii:5- 

Your divine soul nature as a son of God lived in the 
heavens with the Father previous to taking up a physical 
form — "before the world was." 

Just as you would go to Europe or to any part of the 



122 HEALING CURRENTS. 

world for the sake of gaining knowledge; just as pioneers 
have braved the dangers of a savage and undeveloped 
country; just as missionaries sacrifice home for the sake 
of doing good to an unknown people, so your soul of its 
own free will and choice left its heavenly home, where all 
was light and joy, for the experiences to be gained in this 
world of ignorance, for the development of its latent 
powers, for the good it might do others, and in due time 
it will return to its mansion in the skies and rejoice in a 
fuller and mightier realization of God from having sensed 
and conquered the more negative conditions of time and 
space. You, as a personality, do not recall the past be- 
cause your personality did not then exist; your limited 
personal memory is the result of present experience; 
your personality is from below, your individuality is from 
above. Your personality is the image and likeness of 
mortal parents; your soul individuality is the image and 
likeness of God. "The first man is of the earth earthy; 
the second man is the Lord from heaven." Your divine 
soul slumbers because of the darkness and materiality of 
mortal mind. But you, like Jesus, may awaken your soul 
to its former realization of power and dominion. "If the 
Spirit of God dwell in you. . . ' . If Christ be in 
you. ... If the Spirit of Him that raised up Jesus 
from the dead dwell in you, He that raised Christ from 
the dead shall also quicken your mortal bodies by His 
Spirit that dwelleth in you" — Romans viiircj, 10, II. 

Recognize and talk to your soul in the following man- 
ner and its latent powers will respond to your recogni- 
tion and love. There is an exalted power in these state- 
ments which you will feel as you repeat them over and 
over. 



HEALING CURRENTS. 123 

"Awake, my soul, stretch every nerve 

And press with vigor on. 
A heavenly race demands thy zeal, 

And an immortal crown." 

Awake, my soul, and feel the power of heaven that 
slumbers in thee. 

Awake, and realize that thou art one with the power 
of God. Awake, and realize that thou art the angel of 
His presence. 

Thou, my soul, art a magnet for the healing power of 
the angels. Thou art a conscious power able to draw on 
the protecting power of heaven. 

Together we draw on the mighty Spirit of Jesus Je- 
hovah to be our shield and buckler, our strength and 
protection. 

My soul, thou art able to call to our aid the triumph- 
ant Master of heaven. Thou art able to pray for the 
mystic protection of heaven. 

My soul, I praise the mighty Spirit of God within 
thee. Recall thy power of the divine past, and rouse up 
thy power to dissolve from me all dark spirits of earth. 
We are strong with the strength of almighty God. We 
speak the word of power that dissolves away all disturb- 
ing mental elements. We are strong with the strength 
of eternal life, and we can conquer even death. We now 
realize our victory over every negative condition. We 
now realize physical, mental and soul strength in the 
name of Jesus Jehovah. "Father, glorify Thy son, that 
Thy son also may glorify Thee." 



124 HEALING CURRENTS. 



SOUL DEVELOPMENT. 

Soul development is accomplished through furnishing 
the soul with a mind of spiritual thought power ; through 
building for the soul, which is a globule of radiant life 
and intelligence, a perfect mental battery, with a positive 
and negative pole sufficiently strong and intelligent to 
allow the powers of the soul to come into manifestation. 
This cannot be accomplished in a day, or fully even in a 
year, but is a progressive development through educa- 
tional growth. 

If a strong soul should suddenly awaken to anything 
like the state of consciousness that it realized prior to in- 
carnation, the quick transformation could not be borne 
by the mind and body, and there would be such a dis- 
turbance of equilibrium as to cause a separation between 
the soul and body. Therefore, each soul awakening must 
be followed by such soul expression as will tune the mind 
and body to a more intense vibration of spiritual force, 
before the human nature is prepared for another endow- 
ment of power from on high. • 

The first step toward soul expression is along the line 
of dissolving the erroneous beliefs of the race from the 
mind; the beliefs of mortal mind in an evil power or 
presence, which keep the mind in a negative and power- 
less condition ; and the establishment of a body of faith, 
through understanding the powerful presence of truth 
and intelligence. 

The negative conditions of individuals result from lack 
of mental development in the right direction ; from lack 



HEALING CURRENTS. 125 

of true faith. There is a positiveness above the strength 
of mortal mind, in the faith generated from the Mind of 
God. True faith is formulated from true thinking, and 
is a positive intelligent mental force capable of cultivation 
to that degree of power where it will overcome every 
negative condition of mind, subjective or objective. 

The soul is Holy Spirit individualized. Thought is 
the vehicle of Spirit. Thoughts of truth and love are 
spiritual vibrations embodying the intelligence and power 
of the soul. The soul can only find conscious expression 
through thoughts akin to its own nature, therefore such 
time as is spent in meditation on the I Am, affirming 
truths of the soul, is spent wisely, and develops a mental 
body of such positive intelligence as will allow the soul 
consciousness to come into objective expression. This 
spiritual study and affirmation develop a positive pole for 
the soul battery, and through this positive pole the soul 
will gradually overcome its negative pole of mind — the 
body — and bring every negative tendency of the sense 
mind into subjection to its wise dominion. 

Everything is God in higher or lower aspect or de- 
grees of expression. Everywhere is the potential Pres- 
ence full of illumination and healing mercy. All is Good. 
Take away the names which make all things seem com- 
monplace and we lose our mortal concept of them and 
are face to face with an indefinable intelligent force, the 
visibility of the All- Substance, in which are latent unlim- 
ited possibilities ready to yield obedience to any idea that 
the man of God chooses to formulate. 

The great consciousness that All is Good is in our 
souls awaiting realization. The constant affirmation 
All is Good is one method of polarizing mind and 
brain cells from their weak and negative condition to 



126 HEALING CURRENTS. 

that state where they can become the body of that mighty 
spiritual idea — the soul. 

God is an inconceivable Power right with us, in our 
thoughts and in our bodies, ready to formulate in our 
faith in any way that we may THINK. We are sur- 
rounded by the omnipotent power day and night, and 
we have only to use our thought and will to bring this 
miraculous power into expression. 

Our thoughts are living cups which, when rightly 
formed, become receptacles for the wine of the Spirit. 
When the thoughts are pure and good they are rilled 
with divine intelligence and unite us with the omniscience 
of the God-Mind, giving us to know without effort the 
mysteries of Godliness. 

Thought is the current that circulates between the 
positive Mind of God and the negative mind of human- 
ity. By thought the positive mind acts upon the negative 
mind, for the thought of God is the Holy Spirit. Only 
through thought can God be made known to man. Man 
can express as much of God as he can generate by think- 
ing, for unless a man thinks positive thoughts of truth 
there is no direct connection between his mind and the 
Mind of God. *^God is within the soul, and the soul is a 
form of God that has grown to its present strength and 
wisdom through thinking and expressing the God power \ 
latent within. (} And it is only by constant, devoted 
thought that the soul will build itself a temple of thought 
within the flesh and express what it knows of God for 
the benefit of fellow souls. 

Souls are hindered in their growth and development 
by being plunged into the darkness of material life. But 
the soul contains an individualized power of dominion 
gained from experiences of past lives on earth and in 



HEALING CURRENTS. 127 

heaven, and the spell of materiality can be put away, al- 
lowing the powers of the spiritual nature to express in 
even higher degree than ever before. 

It is necessary for students to set aside part of the 
time, when they shall be free from all interference, either 
in a room apart or close to nature and nature's God. 
Then material work and plans and all thought of ma- 
terial things should be put aside, and the whole mind 
given to deep study — not in extended reading, but in ap- 
plication to the lessons and thoughts that are conducive to 
development of spiritual character and dominion. Then 
the angelic visitants from the immortal spheres will be 
attracted to the devotee, and they will touch the magical 
springs of the soul life as only awakened souls can, and 
bring the emanations from the Holy One that will satisfy 
the mind with the peace of eternity, and quicken the soul 
to a new consciousness of its power as an expression of 
the heavenly Father. The manifestors of the Almighty 
Good will come to those who will make and keep them- 
selves positive with faith in the power of Jesus Jehovah 
—omnipresent and omnipotent love — and weave the 
ethereal potency of His Holy Presence into their whole 
life. 

Praise His Holy Name. 



128 HEALING CURRENTS. 



THE GLOBE OF GLORY. 

The Egyptians had a true conception of the soul, for 
their symbol of the soul was a winged globe. A true 
conception of the soul and of the triune nature of man 
is necessary as a foundation for divine growth and un- 
foldment. Man has a soul that relates him to the soul 
nature of God, a mind related to the mind of God, and 
a body through which he expresses in the external body of 
'God; thus he is a perfect copy of the divine nature of 
God. Imagine a globe of glory, a living sphere of intel- 
ligent light, organized from the omniscience of God, and 
you have an idea of your soul.' 

This soul globule is intelligent with the wisdom of 
God, alive with the vitality of God, and nothing less than 
a radiant form of His pure glory. God is the Mother 
and Father of the soul. Each soul is a son of God — a 
Christ. Your soul is God manifesting — your lord and 
redeemer. 

"The Lord said unto my Lord: Sit thou at my right 
hand, until I make thine enemies thy footstool" — Psalms 
110:1. 

This scriptural passage mentions the Father speaking 
to the individual soul, or lord of the body, telling it to sit 
on the right side, the true side, the positive side, and it 
will realize the power to overcome all things. 

Your soul is a stranger to you and you have no realiza- 
tion of its godlike powers and attributes. When great 
emotions have been quickened in you by beautiful music, 



HEALING CURRENTS. 129 

or you have been overwhelmed by a great joy, then your 
soul has been stirred a little and you have sensed its 
presence. Those who know their soul and obey its will 
live in an ecstasy of divine realization; heaven lives in 
them now. 

It is a common idea that the mind is only in the brain, 
but the truth is that the mind is a body of mental force, 
just as the physical organism is a body of physical force, 
and as such the mind-body is the residence of all life, 
sensation and memory, for it is the essence and cause 
of the physical body. At the dissolution of the body, the 
spiritual or mind-body which has held the flesh in form 
floats free from the physical body, and as this mind body 
is the sum of all the knowledge, memory and volition of 
the individual, it can be readily seen that a person feels, 
sees and acts just the same in the spiritual body as in the 
physical, with this difference, that he is not limited by 
the weight and grossness of the physical form. Imagine 
your body so light that it could float through space and be 
propelled in any direction by the action of your will, and 
you will have a perfect idea of your mind-body or spir- 
itual form in which you will find yourself when you lay 
aside your cumberous but useful physical instrument. 

You are in this spirit form now, and this spirit form 
is your personal self, but you are so strongly identified 
with your flesh, being infused into it, that you think your 
fleshly body is you. You will be surprised to find how 
complete you are when you enter the spiritual world to 
begin a larger experience, as the butterfly emerges from 
the cocoon. I can tell you these things because under the 
direction of the Masters from the celestial sphere I have 
gained the power of laying my body down and taking it 
up at will, that I might be free to enter the heavenly 



130 HEALING CURRENTS. 

worlds and return with a knowledge of truth which 
would be of great benefit to humanity. 

The physical body, the spiritual body and the soul body 
are each on a different plane of being. To illustrate : A 
person in the flesh, a decarnate spirit and a celestial be- 
ing may all be in the same room, and the mortal may not 
see the spirit or the celestial soul, and the spirit may not 
see the being from a higher or more interior state of 
existence; but the highest evolved being of the three 
may see both the unawakened spirit and the unawakened 
mortal. Thus each person can be a spiritual entity, and 
have potential within him the soul of a god, and yet not 
be cognizant of it. True knowledge uncovers the mys- 
teries that have veiled the divine constitution of man, 
and enables man to know that there is One within him 
who is the resurrection and the life everlasting. 

Jesus was awake to his soul being, and realized as 
everyone must realize sometime, somewhere, that he was 
one with the Father, and a manifestation of the Presence 
of the Father. Your soul, if it were awake, could say of 
itself with equal truth all that Jesus said of himself. 

The soul is the life of both the physical and spiritual 
bodies. Under present conditions the soul does not 
get a chance to express much more than life through 
the body, but the education is being spread broadcast 
which will awaken the souls of humanity, and cause them 
to express more and more of heavenly grace. 

True spiritual knowledge is imparted to spirits as they 
rise free from earthly impediments, with the result that 
in time the soul awakens to the memories of past lives, 
and the experience of its last incarnation is blended with 
all the knowledge gained from an endless past. 

When the glorious state is reached where the soul re- 



HEALING CURRENTS. 131 

alizes itself one with God, and awake to the delights of 
ages of experience and effort, where it can review all its 
manifestations and see the reason for all things, it will no 
longer need to appear in any particular form like those 
of earth, unless it wishes to manifest in the lower spir- 
itual worlds in a form recognizable to someone who 
knew its personality. 

The soul in its own estate needs not hands to feel with 
nor eyes to see with, for it is all sensation and all sight — 
an omniscient form of the God-Mind — and soul with soul 
may commune by a blending of spheres, which conveys 
with the rapidity of thought all that one wishes to im- 
part to another. In the God-Mind the soul may blend 
with the spheres of angels and archangels, and the bliss- 
ful wisdom of the angels and gods existing in the Sea 
of Divinity vibrates through all spheres out into the 
boundless expanse of immortal worlds. 

Even while we are living in the body our soul may 
be awakened to the joys of the past through divine in- 
struction, and we may sense the thrill of the divine vibra- 
tions as the emanations of holy souls come to us laden 
with celestial inspiration. 

When the soul desires to incarnate, this globe of light 
and love descends, and by identifying itself with the 
fetus, the infant form is quickened with individual life. 
The soul becomes a potential power within the tiny in- 
fant form, and gradually develops for itself a new brain 
and new faculties for physical expression. 

At about the age of twelve it may begin to express 
somewhat of its own individuality, but it is a spiritual 
entity and can only express itself through a mind edu- 
cated in spiritual truths. In the majority of cases the 
mind is developed and expanded with earthly knowl- 



132 HEALING CURRENTS. 

edge, but the things that pertain to the soul are not con- 
sidered of practical use; so instead of being stimulated 
with love and blessings, the soul more often is covered 
over with condemnation and false beliefs, that close up all 
the mental avenues through which its power and beauty 
might shine forth. Thus the living Christ of each one is 
crucified by the ignorance of the world. 

"Though Christ a thousand times and more 
In Bethlehem's stall be born, 
If He's not born within thyself, 
Thy soul is still forlorn." 

You can fill your mind' with heavenly knowledge, and 
the memories of heaven and its joys will awaken within 
your soul, so that you will be a radiant center of living 
joy. You can bless everyone and everything with the 
love that springs up within your soul from God as you 
begin to realize that you are the love of God expressing ; 
and the rainbow tints of light will illuminate your soul, 
and your mind will grow more luminous day by day, 
until your presence will dissolve all fear and pain and 
fill with celestial gladness the sleeping souls of mortals, 
so that they will be quickened and after a time awakened 
to the full glory in which you live. 

And as the divine germ of omnipotence in you develops 
and expands, you will feel more godlike and your whole 
life will be a song of praise to the indwelling glory of 
Jehovah-Nissi, your self-existent Victory. 

Glorious, most glorious to the eye of the soul are those 
transcendent beings who inhabit the celestial sphere of 
the Christ. Each one is a globe of Glory, radiant as a 
living sun with the light and heat of God's eternal love 
and wisdom; but loveliest of all is the transcendent 



HEALING CURRENTS. 133 

grace of that mightiest monarch of souls, the Sun of 
Righteousness, Jesus Christ. The combination of all the 
mighty souls who have evolved through ages of time to 
that sublime degree of unfoldment forms the central nu- 
cleus in the universal soul of God, and from this glorious 
sphere of light and love the angels and archangels send 
out the emanations of the God power to the farthest 
extremes of God's universe, to quicken and awaken the 
mighty germ that lies slumbering in the being of each 
individual. 

Think of Jesus on the mount being transfigured by the 
glory of his own awakened soul : 

"The awful glory of that day 
When all the Father's brightness shone 
Through manhood's veil of clay." 

Then bring to yourself the realization of the same 
quickening power by thinking of the globe of glory 
within you which is your own individualized soul power, 
and inbreathe into your own soul the glory of the Master 
soul, as you sit in the silence communing with Him, at 
the same time holding the words : Glory, Glory, Glory, and 
after a little practice you will sense the emanations of His 
Holy Presence that are imparted by the angelic hosts to 
every soul who will place itself in the proper attitude to 
receive the Holy Spirit. 

"We all with open interior, beholding as in a mirror the 
Glory of the Lord, are changed into the same image from 
glory to glory, even as by the Spirit of the Lord." 



134 HEALING CURRENTS. 



HOW TO REALIZE GOD. 

O blessedness all bliss above, 

When Thy pure fires prevail! 
Love only teaches what is love; 

All other lessons fail. 
We learn its name, but not its powers ; 
Experience only makes it ours. 

— GuYOto. 

Philosophy is very interesting to the intellect, but it 
does not satisfy the heart. Science reveals the working of 
the laws of God's nature, but the secret of His Presence 
is not discerned. Music is the most uplifting and inspir- 
ing of the arts; it moves our soul, and often makes us 
feel what science and philosophy cannot explain. 

Music attunes us to the Spirit, and causes us to feel the 
deep pulsations of the soul nature. 

God is love, the great emotion of life, the supreme 
motion that imparts life and activity to all things. 

To know this is to understand the essential truth of 
Being, but the mere intellectual comprehension of this 
truth will not satisfy the heart, nor fill the life with the 
bliss of the Divine Being; nor will mental acceptance of 
the truth that God is love impart the divine motion, His 
transforming emotion to the feelings, so that one is for- 
ever after a new being, filled with the joyous health 
and happiness of the Spirit of Love. 

God is love, and love does not flow into the intellect; 
love enters the feelings and affections and inspires all the 
emotions of the heart. The intellect has its use in the 



HEALING CURRENTS. 135 

development of a rational faith, the intellect sees the light 
of God's presence, but the heart feels the ecstasy of 
divine realization. The true way to realization is so sim- 
ple that many, after hearing of it, consider it of so little 
importance that they continue to search among the com- 
plex fabrications of philosophy for the joy which only 
comes through the awakened emotions of the heart. 

The difference between mortal love and the love of God 
is that mortal love is personal and thus limited in its pleas- 
ure, while immortal love transcends all personal limita- 
tions; it is impersonal and unlimited in its joy-giving 
power. Personal love feels for a few; the love of God 
feels for all. 

If you would realize God, love! If you can awaken 
your love nature, and, without thought of recompense, 
pour yourself out as a blessing for others, you will for- 
get the petty vexations that spring from the limitations 
of your personality; you will forget yourself in the su- 
preme joy of loving; you will realize the love for others 
which is God. 

Behold, an angel stands before you! He is all radiant 
with the glory of the Father's Presence. His face shines 
with the realization of the beauty of holiness ; every fea- 
ture expresses the purity, the tenderness and the nobility 
of Divine Love personified. His presence breathes out 
the music of love, the harmony of heaven. His whole 
being vibrates with the light of God. Even his garments 
are luminous with the joyous radiance that proceeds from 
his soul. You see the image of God's likeness — of love — 
and your soul is enraptured with the vision of divine 
loveliness, as it feels the benediction of love streaming 
from the angelic character. 

That angel in all his beauty, in all his power, is the % 



136 HEALING CURRENTS. 

realization of the Spirit of Divinity, is the visibility of 
God — love expressing through an individual form!. And 
that angel is your real self, your soul, the image and 
likeness of God. Within your soul are all the attributes 
of Divinity, all the powers and possibilities of the might- 
iest archangel. 

Let your soul express and you will realize that you 
are the angel of His Presence. When you walk the 
streets and mingle with the people keep this truth in 
mind, that you are that beautiful angel radiant with joy- 
ous love to all creatures, and you will find a new joy in 
life; you will feel that the kingdom of heaven is now a 
divine verity, and you will allow the truth which makes 
the kingdom harmonious and perfect — the truth of love — 
to manifest through your character. 

I became thoroughly convinced of the utility of this 
way by reading of a number of nuns, who, living in re- 
tirement from the world, passed their whole time praying 
for and blessing humanity. Those who had caught a 
glimpse of them said it was evident to the sight that they 
lived in the joy of heaven, for their faces were trans- 
formed with the wonderful beauty of expressing souls. 

Not by breathing exercises, not by mental gymnastics, 
but by expressing love will you realize God. 

I have walked among people in the realization that I 
existed but to impart the joyous light of love to igno- 
rance-darkened souls, and while radiating a blessing to 
these souls in need, I have felt my soul thrilled with the 
Holy Spirit; I have felt the love of God for humanity, 
and to feel that is to feel what Christ felt, the Spirit of 
Mercy, which endowed him with wisdom and healing 
power. I have held myself in this attitude of mind while 
listening to music — "I am Thy love to all souls. I am 



HEALING CURRENTS. 137 

the angel of Thy presence illuminating all souls with the 
wisdom of love" — and so great became the ecstasy of my 
soul that I felt like screaming for joy. The wonderful 
Breath of the Spirit became so mighty in its deep, mys- 
terious movements through my being that I could 
scarcely contain myself. 

Those who are unawakened conceive of God as a pro- 
found stillness; their idea of peace is a state of in- 
activity. There is no stillness anywhere ; only in the realm 
of matter is there any degree of inactivity, and matter is 
only relatively inactive in comparison with the more re- 
fined activities of mind. As we enter the deeper nature 
of man the activity as well as the complexity of active 
forces increases, and culminates in the Spirit of the soul, 
which is the breath or motion of Omnipotence, the emo- 
tion which is love. 

There are two movements of the love nature, love for 
God, and love for the neighbor. All religious systems 
have developed God lovers — devotees who became in- 
fatuated with the divine ideal as manifested through an 
individual — and many of these spent their lives in an 
ecstasy of devotion; they wedded themselves to the 
teacher or savior, who to them was God personified, and 
poured out their thoughts in the extravagant language of 
the lover to his beloved, Jesus revealed the harmonious 
balance ; he realized the love of God through intense de- 
votion, and then poured it out in sympathy and com- 
passion for the alleviation of the suffering; expressing 
the way, the truth and the very life of the Father in his 
own personality. God becomes real in the character of 
the Christ. We see how God feels and acts toward us. 
Many cannot get a realization of the Father's love ex- 
cept through looking to the Christ as an example. Oh, 



138 HEALING CURRENTS. 

how few realize the wonder of His Presence, the merciful 
act of his soul in sacrificing the bliss of highest heaven, 
for the sake of revealing the way to the Father's love, that 
human souls might be saved from walking in the path of 
pain and defeat. Only a God could be so forgetful of 
self; only love in its purity and power could will to ac- 
complish so great a mercy. 

The mightiest archangel visited this planet on a mis- 
sion of mercy! The Spirit of Infinite Love was able to 
speak to humanity through the highly developed and 
fully awakened soul of Jesus. God talked to the souls 
walking in the valley of ignorance, and tried to tell them 
the healing truth, the saving truth, the inspiring truth; 
that they were immortal sons of God; that within their 
being slumbered the possibilities and powers of Gods; 
that they were the immortal seeds of God's love sown in 
the earth, and from this sowing God would reap a har- 
vest of living conscious souls. 

If mortals could but see the beauty of this truth, the 
goodness of all that exists in the infinite nature, they 
would live to love and praise ; they would rejoice in their 
power of love and become a radiant blessing of love to 
each other. 

You have no idea of the spiritual power that you may 
realize by the exercise of the spirit of love toward others. 
You must begin sometime if you wish ever to enter the 
kingdom of love. Death will not translate you into the 
kingdom of loveliness, if you are unlovely in character. 
Neither would death plunge you into any greater misery 
than you now realize. It would tend to free you from 
many false beliefs and set you to searching for the way 
which you should have found while in the flesh, but if 
you had not cultivated the expression of soul love, neither 
God nor angel could transform your feelings so that you 



HEALING CURRENTS. 139 

could appreciate an atmosphere of beauty and refine- 
ment in the society of immortal souls of love and 
wisdom. 

But why wait for death? Embrace the opportunities 
that present themselves in the eternal Now. Now shed 
that love and compassion which covers and conquers all 
things, for you will never walk the same path twice, and 
an opportunity neglected is lost forever. 

Begin with the lowliest creatures of earth. Think of 
the tiny forms of life inhabiting the blades of grass, liv- 
ing under the stones, swimming through the water, and 
filling the woods with a murmuring music that chants 
the praises of universal life. Every one of these tiny 
creatures is an organization of mental energy individual- 
izing the universal Mind and Substance. The little 
minds within these beings do not die when the body de- 
cays ; they continue to exist in the universal Mind and re- 
inhabit other forms, growing step by step from lower to 
higher forms, gaining intelligence and power through 
their endless evolution. 

Now you can help on the evolution of these small 
minds. Think of the great length of time that must 
elapse before these little forms of mind shall have evolved 
to the place where they will be self-conscious as you and 
I are self-conscious. Do you not feel a sympathy with 
their active endeavors to gain and grow in intelligence? 
Well, you can help them by blessing them with your love 
and intelligence. When you bless a butterfly, for in- 
stance, the whole race of butterflies feels the waves of 
force which proceed from your mind, and their minds 
are strengthened with the influx. So you can aid, from 
your more highly developed powers of soul and mind, 
every creature in existence. God loves, and embraces all 
creatures in his love. If you would realize God you must 



140 HEALING CURRENTS. 

enlarge your love to feel as God feels. There cannot be 
any condemnation for anything in universal love. Love 
has no enemies. 

Bless all things in the mineral, vegetable and animal 
kingdoms; then you will feel more inspired with love 
for humankind. 

Think of the myriads who are suffering physical pain 
and mental anguish for lack of the love which shall 
quicken the healing power within their souls and give 
them peace. Believe, when you send out your blessing 
of love to them, that your love will set their souls to 
vibrating, and they will feel the blessing and lift up their 
hearts in praise to the Father, who has inspired your 
thought and feeling with his healing peace. Do this in 
His name, for Love's sake, and you will be warmed and 
healed by the love you shed abroad. You will learn from 
this practice how to start the mighty stream of love to 
flowing, and when you have it started you can direct it 
into any part of your own organism in need of its life- 
giving and transforming power. It will start as a little 
trickling rivulet, and as you encourage its expression it 
will wash from your mind the obstacles to its progress 
as it flows outward through your nature; it will wash 
away the mud and melt away the granite in your mind, it 
will become a rushing torrent of spiritual energy that 
will convert all the streams of your mental thought and 
feeling into one mighty motive of divine purpose, which 
will link your will and all the forces of your nature to 
the omnipotent purpose of God, and allow his love power 
to manifest through you. 

This is the goal toward which evolution is pushing 
you. This is the supreme attainment of spiritual unity 
with the Father. This is the way to realize and manifest 
the love which is God. 



HEALING CURRENTS. 141 



REALIZATION. 

These affirmations, when made in the proper spirit, will 
awaken the feeling of divine love and develop the pres- 
ence of God within. 

I desire that the Spirit of Christ shall radiate through 
my soul, mind and body for the inspiration of humanity. 

I am a radiant center of soul life to all my world. 

I am an impersonal lover of humanity. From my 
soul pours the fountain of impartial and impersonal love 
to all the children of the Father. 

With true understanding I behold the immortal soul 
of each individual as the quenchless spark of Divinity, 
and to these immortals, clothed in the deceptive garb of 
mortal personality, I give my spirit of living love. 

I am a soul sun of love and wisdom to all human kind. 
I bless the good and the bad, knowing that all are chil- 
dren of the Father, in process of evolution. 

My soul loves to feel that it is a strength and comfort 
to all souls. 

My soul loves to feel that it is fulfilling the work of 
the Christ in strengthening the poor in spirit. 

Now I am one with the Father and with all exalted 
souls in heaven, and now in the silence the radiations of 
my love and light reach out to all souls incarnate, up- 
lifting and inspiring all within my sphere of influence. 

I am a link uniting Divinity with the lowest states of 
life, and through my love for all life I have an omni- 
present influence for good. 

I praise and bless the evolving life in the mineral and 



142 HEALING CURRENTS. 

vegetable kingdoms of nature, and in response to my 
recognition and blessing there comes flowing back a 
wave of omnipresent vitality. 

I recognize and bless the intelligence of God that is 
striving to manifest throughout the animal kingdom. 

I bless the lowly ones in human form who have not 
yet realized the omnipresence of God. I bless them with 
the quickening light of eternal life. 

My words and thoughts of blessing clothe the spir- 
itual light in vibrant substantial form, enabling the light 
of God to reach the lowest depths of mortal mind. 

My thoughts of truth shall be living, quickening 
seeds of immortal life sown in mortal minds, and in 
God's good time they shall bear fruit and lead minds to 
the Sun of Righteousness. 

I am a mighty magnet radiant with the attractive 
power of the Christ love and compassion, that con- 
tinually draws souls to the immortal Christ. 

My life and mind and soul shall serve and praise the 
immortal Jesus Jehovah whose Spirit has led me into the 
path of everlasting bliss. 

i^t £b tgh 

ORGANIZATION. 

Much has been said and written against forming or- 
ganizations for the promulgation of truth. Those who 
condemn the organization of individuals for the accom- 
plishment of any purpose are answered by the logic of 
nature, which is the voice of God. Only through the 
process of organization does the life of God manifest in 
his universal nature. Without the law and process of or- 
ganization there could be no form of any kind. 



HEALING CURRENTS. 143 

Whenever the Spirit of God has anything to accom- 
plish, there is evolved an organization of atoms, of forces, 
of individuals or of souls for its accomplishment. Even 
the atom is held by modern science to be an organization 
composed of a central ion surrounded by a large or small 
number of electrons. Thus the atom is composed of 
a central spark of force with a number of smaller par- 
ticles of force surrounding it. And atoms are aggregated 
together to build every variety of form in existence. The 
solar system is but an atom greatly magnified. Every 
force, material or spiritual, evolves a suitable organiza- 
tion for its expression and manifestation. 

If, in the early history of the planet, atoms had not 
begun to organise and build forms the human form 
would never have been produced; for the human body 
is the most perfect organization that nature has yet 
evolved. 

Organization does not cease with this material world. 
It continues into the spiritual worlds. We see an intel- 
ligent power working to organize atoms into forms for 
the expression of various elements, and we see the same 
law working through human intelligence to draw minds 
together of like motive and thought for the fulfilling of 
ideals. What we see nature doing apparently in a blind 
way, and what we see human folks doing lamely, we 
may be sure nature more spiritualized and more spiritual 
beings are doing according to the greater wisdom and 
freer expression of power that pertains to such states and 
beings. 

Around and above us there is a mighty organization 
of souls, of living eternal beings, invisible to physical 
sight but nevertheless of great influence in the mind of 
the race. There is a supreme head to this vast organiza- 



144 HEALING CURRENTS. 

tion of souls, a central soul of majesty and power whose 
being is the keynote to the whole. The triumphant soul 
of Jesus of Nazareth is the Lord of Lords and King of 
Kings. He is the true Master of souls, whether free or 
incarnate. He is the supreme organizer of souls. 

As the planets are held by the attraction of the sun, 
or the little particles of electric energy are held by the 
central spark in the atom, so the sons of God, the souls 
of just men made perfect, are attracted to that soul who 
is the Sun of Righteousness, and with him form the 
mightiest organization in existence. 

All souls who have awakened to the consciousness of 
the Christ power, all who have realized God as the 
soul power of their being, and have gained dominion 
over material things and forces by the exercise of that 
power have, in the spiritual worlds, risen to the soul es- 
tate of gods, and live and work, with_£hrist for the edu- 
cation and upliftment of humanity, both incarnate and 
decarnate. 

They have realized in their own souls the mercy of 
God. They realize divine compassion for souls bound by 
the limitations of ignorance, and they work and pray un- 
ceasingly that the light may penetrate the darkness of 
mortal ignorance and dispel the gloom and sorrow which 
hang over humanity. 

Under the mechanical law of reaping what we sow, 
we might never hope for freedom from the unceasing 
fruitage of evil thoughts and acts. We should be bound 
forever to reap all the evil thoughts that we had sowed 
into the Mind of the world. The seeds of past evil 
thoughts would continually come to fruitage in discord- 
ant conditions of mind and body. The Hindus taught 
that souls were bound to the wheel of the law of cause 



HEALING CURRENTS. 145 

and effect, bound by what is termed Karma. They dei- 
fied Karma and gave it unlimited power, as the unen- 
lightened Christians deified the Devil and made him al- 
most equal with God ; and both were bound in slavish fear 
to their own ignorant beliefs. But we now have caught 
the gleam of heavenly truth. We now know that sin 
and sickness have no right to limit the soul's expression. 
We know that by faith in the goodness of truth, by ex- 
ercise of our positive thoughts of truth, we may dissolve 
the evil seeds of past sowing and consume all their rank 
mental growths. By the grace of divine truth, by the 
grace of Jesus Christ and his ministering host of angels, 
we are saved from the sins of ignorance, and our souls 
realize their inherent, God-given dominion over all Kar- 
mic laws, over all mental causation, and our souls are 
enthroned with Christ at the right hand of Power, in the 
realization of the omnipotence of the Cause of causes, the 
glorious truth of divine love. 

The beneficent light of heaven is poured into our 
souls by the ministering hosts of the Christ, and the slum- 
bering soul spark within us is j^uickened ; new aspirations 
are born ; we desire to know and feel higher ideals ; and 
the quenchless flame of love is kindled within our souls 
and our bodies become filled with and healed by the living 
glory of our immortal nature. To the age-long work of 
the Christ and his redeemed souls must all credit be given 
for the golden glory that now illuminates the Mind of the 
world, which is now as never before saving humanity 
from the dominion of sin, sickness and death. The work- 
that the Father gave him to do, and which was started 
by him during his earthly incarnation, has grown in grace 
and power through the ages, more so in the spiritual 
realms than on the earth plane, until now the hosts of 



146 MEALING CURRENTS. 

heaven of every race and creed and color are marshalled 
for the glorious consummation of making the kingdom of 
love and peace, health and prosperity, manifest on earth 
as it is in heaven. 

With wondrous rapidity minds are awaking to the 
light of truth that is shed all about them. Souls are being 
kindled all over the world, and many voices in many 
tongues are telling of the healing, saving Spirit of Truth, 
and whenever the full conditions are made the Spirit 
heals. Some have tried to gain a monopoly of the truth 
and claim all rights to its promulgation. Organizations 
cannot bind or limit the great light that is flooding the 
earth. We need not fear that anything but good can 
come from any organization. Organization has been espe- 
cially useful in overcoming the prejudice and ignorance 
of old creeds and superstitions, and as a protection for the 
pioneers of truth in the wilderness of ignorance against 
the savage resistance to truth. 

"As many as are led by the Spirit of God, they become 
the Sons of God" radiant with the divine glory of love 
and wisdom individualized within the soul. They are led 
by the Spirit of peace and purity. They are fed con- 
stantly on supernal love and wisdom. Their souls glow 
with the substance divine, , and they know their kingship 
as sons of Jehovah God. They know the companionship 
even while incarnate of the immortal sons of God, old in 
wisdom and power. They love His name and keep His 
precepts, and the Christ Spirit of mercy and Grace abides 
within and expresses from their souls, radiating from 
them to quicken and strengthen other souls. They are 
ministered unto by the holy angels, and in turn minister 
unto souls in need. 

In the name and love of our Lord and Master — the 



HEALING CURRENTS. 147 

Lord of hosts — we find the fulfillment of all the desires 
of our souls. In His name comes the comforter — the 
Holy Spirit — through the ministering power of the., holy 
arigels, filling the soul with love, the mind with wisdom 
and the body with life and health ; even bringing into 
the life of the one who fulfills the divine law a prosperity 
which is unfailing. 

Your souls are composed of the glory of God, of His 
radiant, divine substance, sparkling with conscious reali- 
zation of endless love and life. Take this affirmation of 
praise into your mind and heart : 

"Holy, Holy, Holy is the Lord of Hosts, 
The whole earth is full of His Glory." 

Know that your soul is full of the glory of God. Strive 
to realize that your earth (your body) is filled with His 
Glory — the glory that radiates from the immaculate soul 
of Jesus Jehovah. He is the visibility of the Absolute 
God to your soul. He is the Door to the eternal life, now. 
Draw His glory into your soul, for He is the resurrection 
and the life everlasting within your soul. His essence and 
substance are within your soul. The Christ child slum- 
bers within your virgin soul. Let His Spirit bring forth 
the immortal conception within you, and His presence 
will fill your soul with immortal bliss, undying love. His 
glorious consciousness will grow so great within your 
soul that you will transcend the limitations of mortal 
knowing and feel and know as the angels feel and know, 
with the full intuition of the omniscient Mind of God. 
You will partake of the manna of heaven. Your soul will 
be so thrilled and satisfied with the grand passion of its 
Lord — of love in the sublime degree — that there will be 



148 HEALING CURRENTS. 

no craving for mortal affection. You will be a radiant 
love power always giving love to souls, but never seeking 
it in return. The inexhaustible riches of Christ's love 
will be your satisfaction and eternal peace. "Ye* are 
complete in Him." 

C^w <£• t&& 

PRAY WITHOUT CEASING. 

The foregoing article seems too good to be true, but I 
can testify that it is the record of conscious revealment. 
I have seen with soul sight that which I teach, and my 
record is the same as given by John. (I. Epistle, Chapter 
i and 2. Read "blood" as the symbol of wisdom.) 

How is it to be realized? By unceasing devotion to 
God through daily study of divine truth, daily prayer 
for more of the Spirit in heart and mind, united to mental 
affirmation of the love and wisdom and perfection in the 
soul. 

You are on this plane of manifestation for no other 
purpose than soul development and expansion. Through 
fulfilling this necessity of your being you will find endur- 
I ing rest and satisfaction, and in no other way. If you do 
** not develop you* immortal soul, but instead turn all your 

attention to earthly things, when you lose your body you 
will not find enjoyment in the realms of light. As a spirit 
you will feel no attraction toward the realms where con- 
gregate the artists, musicians, scientists or wise men of 
heaven. Unless you develop a love for divine wisdom 
and express love in helping others while here the social 
life of the heavenly spheres will prove monotonous to you, 
because there is no happiness there any more than here 
except in the activity of the higher faculties of the mind 



HEALING CURRENTS. 149 

and soul. So if your love is for earthly things and affairs 
entirely ; if your treasure is in this world, your heart will 
be here, and you will remain in the atmosphere of earth as 
an earthbound spirit, hovering about the marts of trade, 
in the bank or in the saloon — according to your quality — 
in an unsettled state of weary search for the peace which 
earth-life cannot give you. You may so strongly desire 
to be back in the ways of the world that you will be will- 
ing to lose your memory for a time and become incarnate 
again in human form — just because you have no affinity 
for the spiritual life. Neither God nor spirit would deter 
you from incarnating in a baby form and again going 
through this grade of Life's school, if you desired to do 
so. And you might incarnate a number of times if you 
chose until you tired of earthly experiences or had ac- 
complished the full measure of your desire through rein- 
carnating. 

Each one is a law unto himself in this respect. God 
leaves our will free, and we are always free to choose any 
path of progression that suits us best. There is no com- 
pulsion but that of uneducated desire. 

I must say right here while on this subject that I know 
from authority that is divine that no soul or spiritual be- 
ing is compelled to reincarnate against its will or desire. 

People in the world live and talk on the nothing side 
of life. The frivolity and attractiveness of mortal life is 
not endowed with eternal life and joy. It is all transient 
and as far as we are concerned must come to an end. 
And when minds live in the contemplation of material 
things apart from spiritual realities, they lose hold of 
their soul life and come to nothing — they die sooner than 
would be necessary if they kept hold of the life of God, 
within and above the soul. 



150 HEALING CURRENTS. 

We need to magnetize our minds by contact with the 
central dynamo of Life in order to partake of His 
vitality to enable us to overcome the dying habit which is 
natural to physical forms. 

Forms die when they can no longer be made to serve 
the purpose of Life. Those who keep their conversation 
and their thoughts in the eternal light of heaven become 
immortalized while here ; they live in heaven while here, 
and when they tire of physical activities they lay aside 
their physical form as they would lay aside a garment no 
longer of use. The physical and spiritual worlds have 
become blended in one great reality in which they live 
eternally whether here or there as to visible presence. 

New Thought students, in the discovery of the power 
of mental affirmation, are apt to underestimate the value 
of prayer. This comes from a belief that the soul is all- 
sufficient in itself, and from a lack of understanding of 
the great fact that the individual soul is as dependent 
upon the invisible inhabitants of the spiritual realms all 
about and above us for its sustenance and strength and 
proper development as the personality is dependent upon 
mortal teachers and parents for its care and education, 
as well as upon the farmer and store-keeper for its 
supplies. 

Some have a sort of a vague idea of God as a prin- 
ciple, capable of thinking without a mind, of acting with- 
out the use of form; a formless energy that is watching 
about everywhere ready to do every one a good turn with- 
out the asking. Remember that the law of cause and ef- 
fect operates with the same undeviating exactitude in the 
spiritual realms as in this world. If you want to gain any 
effect, to heal a disease, to overcome a habit, you must 
start into activity a cause equal to that effect. 



HEALING CURRENTS. 151 

The exalted consciousness of Divinity — God — does not 
come into contact with material things, or with mortal 
minds, except through the mediation of souls. God has 
evolved souls for that purpose. Souls are the individ- 
ualized activities of God. Souls are the eyes, ears and 
hands of God. Souls that have awakened to the inner 
consciousness of God feel the movement of His Spirit, 
and through the working of that inner Will of wisdom 
and mercy they work from the spiritual side of life to ful- 
fill the prayers of humanity. We are co-workers with 
God in the manifestation of His Will and wisdom. God 
needs us ! He is as dependent upon us to act for Him as 
we are dependent upon Him for the power to act. And 
we, incarnate, are dependent upon our elder brothers and 
sisters in spirit life for much of the goodness, health and 
prosperity that we experience in this life. And by prayer 
to the Father or to the Christ we set in motion an intel- 
ligent power which communicates our desire to the proper 
department of the divine Mind, and when the desire has 
grown to sufficient strength through continual prayer or 
through even one very intense prayer, it furnishes a basis 
of mental energy through which divine intelligence may 
operate to bring results. 

If we do not pray to the Divine for what we need we 
do not make our desires known in heaven. All desires 
are prayers, and all desires bring results equal to their 
strength and intelligence. If we have a desire, that desire 
will go out from our mind and work on other minds to 
bring results. It will not rise above the plane of thought 
in which it is generated. It will grow stronger as it is 
held daily; its force and ability is increased by added 
desire. But it works singlehanded. A desire uttered in 
prayer to God gains the co-operation of angelic beings. 



152 HEALING CURRENTS. 

Prayer sets in motion the Providence of God, which is an 
organized power composed of multitudes of mighty spir- 
itual beings. 

Every prayer creates a thought-form which becomes 
visible before the angels of God, and His Spirit of wis- 
dom works through them to try to bring about condi- 
tions for the answering of the prayer. The many limita- 
tions to the answering of a prayer cannot always be over- 
come immediately, and so the prayer must be persisted 
in until the forces of heaven and earth are able to combine 
to bring its fulfillment. If through lack of faith or dis- 
couragement the prayer ceases, co-operation from the 
heavenly realms will soon cease, because the angels are 
dependent upon human minds for the thought force nec- 
essary to them if they would operate in the Mind of the 
world. Jesus, understanding this, gave the parables in 
the eleventh and eighteenth chapters of Luke, showing 
his disciples how, by unceasing prayer, they should keep 
knocking at the heavenly gates of supply. 

During the war the prisoners in Andersonville prison 
were dependent upon the filthy and unwholesome water 
of a little creek that passed within the stockades. They 
prayed to God for water to drink, and from under a tree 
stump there gushed a spring of fresh water. The prayers 
of many minds generated a mental power which was used 
by the powers of heaven to help that hidden spring of 
water to burst forth from the bowels of the earth. The 
powers of God have no conscious activity on this plane 
except through the mental organization of persons on this 
plane. They require our faith and co-operation. 

In the seventies, Minnesota was overrun by locusts. 
After every other means had failed the Governor called 
for the prayers of the whole state that divine aid be in- 



HEALING CURRENTS. 153 

voked for the saving of the crops. The little pests became 
extinct on the day following the prayers. 

In England a large institution for boys was kept sup- 
plied with food and funds by the prayers of its founder, 
George Muller. He did not even ask for what he needed, 
and his expenses were very large, there being several 
hundred mouths to feed. A quarterly report was sent out 
to those interested, and from all over the world money 
and supplies kept pouring in according to the need. His 
prayers brought the aid of heaven, and those who had 
means in abundance were influenced to give by the in- 
visible agencies which his prayers invoked. 

The world is again waking up to the realization of 
the power of the prayer-answering God. Even the most 
conservative orthodox journals are giving space to those 
who write about the health, the prosperity and the gen- 
eral spiritual good that has come in answer to prayer. 
Prayer serves a purpose that simple desire, affirmation or 
suggestion cannot serve, although these methods are of 
great value in the proper development of the soul and 
mind. 

Up to a few years ago, my life seemed a downright 
failure. I could not make a success of anything. I was 
sick in body and morbid in mind. I lacked individuality. 
But I learned of the Way, the Truth and the Life. I 
learned how to commune with God. Through learning 
how to pray I found the power in God that gave me in- 
dividuality. Through prayer I drew into myself that es- 
sence of the Spirit which made me a conquering man. 
Through prayer my soul reached out to its Father and 
received its daily bread from His living Word of ever- 
lasting life. My soul drew on the Spirit and became 



154 HEALING CURRENTS. 

aflame with the divine glory. It was born again of the 
water of truth and of the Holy Spirit. 

A material illustration may make more clear the value 
of prayer to a human soul. There hangs from the ceiling 
a live wire charged with the positive electric current from 
a mighty dynamo. In my hands I hold the negative wire. 
I reach up and touch this negative wire to the positive 
wire, when immediately there is a blinding flash of elec- 
tric light. Thus it is that man is glorified. God is the 
positive Mind, the positive Spirit. Man is the negative 
mind, the negative spirit. During prayer the mind of 
man reaches out (and within) toward the positive Mind 
of God, toward the Mind that is full of the realized power 
generated in the dynamo of omnipotent Love, and when 
the prayer becomes sincere and intense with love and de- 
votion there occurs that wondrous meeting of the human 
and the Divine, the negative and the positive, and the 
flash of immortal glory fills the negative mind with quick- 
ening power that makes it a source of life and power 
forever after. Many have felt in greater or less degree 
this touch of the Divine ; it was a time of conversion with 
them, and they look back to it with tender recollection, 
and look forward to the future state of bliss in heaven as 
a continuous feast of spiritual communion like that one 
glorious experience of the past. But why wait for heaven 
when heaven waits for you ? That communion may be a 
daily fact of your experience, and its realization should 
be sought for daily. Let it become the dominant pur- 
pose of your life to grow spiritual, to manifest God. 
Gradually turn all your desires in that direction and com- 
pel all your destiny to work to that end. Do not let any 
apparent limiting condition thwart your purpose. By 
prayer you may have the co-operation of God, and work- 



i 



HEALING CURRENTS. 155 

ing with God as your faith and strength all things are 
possible; you can become invincible. All power wills 
your permanent success. 

Pray to God and His Christ and your prayer will reach 
the most exalted plane of power, drawing to you the 
blessings of the highest and holiest souls in heaven. 

In the following the prayerful attitude is united with 
the affirmation of truth, making together a very powerful 
combination. 

Oh Mother-Father God! I am a soul child born from 
the blending of Thy divine attributes. Satisfy me with 
Thy love. In my soul are cradled the masculine and fem- 
inine potencies of Divinity. My soul is an organization 
of Thy love, wisdom and power; an image of all Thy 
qualities; a Seed of Divinity. Through living in the 
glorious sunshine of Thy Love, all these wonderful soul 
potencies are becoming quickened. Glorify me with the 
illumination of Thy loving presence, that I also may 
glorify Thee. 

I am a perfect soul born from Thy perfect nature, but 
I need to live in the sunshine of Thy Spirit, that the power 
within may grow and develop as a seed of God sown in 
an earthly body. 

I need to commune with Thee consciously, thinking the 
thoughts of Thy Mind and feeling the emotions of Thy 
great Heart of love in order that this negative earth-mind 
and body may become fertilized with Thy life, making a 
perfect soil for the expansion of the soul seed of power 
within. 

My soul is illuminating and healing this mind and body 
as I commune with Thy Spirit. My soul becomes more 
glorious as I exercise Thy love and wisdom. I am Thy 
soul-son. The glory that transfigured the mortal flesh 



156 HEALING CURRENTS. 

of Jesus is in my soul and will now transform my charac- 
ter and transfigure my flesh as I inbreathe Thy Holy 
Spirit by high desires and holy aspirations. I am com- 
plete and satisfied in Thee. I am Thy immortal son. 
Thine is the power and glory forever. Amen. 

a healing prayer. 
Living Father! 

I recognize that my life is one with Thy unlimited life 
and power. Thy constructive Mind is within me, build- 
ing my mind and body in strength and perfection. I open 
my mind to the influx of Thy mighty Presence of health 
and peace. Thou art within me a fountain of vitality 
flowing into every faculty and organ of my being. Thou 
art God within my nature, and thy life and health have 
all power to regenerate and heal my body. I am organiz- 
ing Thy life and strength into a mind and body of health 
and perfection. Thy substance is feeding and restoring 
every part of my body to positive health. I praise Thy 
healing life and intelligence in every organ, in every 
nerve, in every atom of my flesh. I praise Thy glorious 
wisdom which is illuminating my soul and purifying my 
mind of every limiting thought. I praise Thy tender, 
healing Love which invigorates and upholds me, and dis- 
solves away all fear. Oh, Living Father, this is Thy 
holy temple, make it a perfect dwelling place from which 
shall radiate Thy healing love and wisdom to all Thy chil- 
dren. 

Father, glorify me with Thy healing power, that I also 
may glorify Thee. 

Read this prayer over a few times, trying to realize 
every word within your being, and then sit in the silence 
while the Spirit of the Father flows through your nature, 
fulfilling your desire. 



HEALING CURRENTS. 157 

to increase love. 
Loving Father! 

Bless her mind with Thy wonderful love which dis- 
solves away all vindictive feelings. Hold her personality 
in the glowing presence of Thy harmonizing love until all 
her antagonistic feelings are melted down. O Father, 
melt from her heart all hateful thoughts and feelings. I 
bless her with Thy love which overcomes all her feelings 
against me. I feel so great a love flowing from Thy pres- 
ence within my soul that when she thinks of me she is 
disarmed and cannot feel aught but love. I bless all my 
world, visible and invisible, with Thy harmonizing love. 
All is love. 

I bless all the intelligent centers in my body with Thy 
healing love. From my awakening soul I pour healing 
love into every part of my body. Thy love streams out 
from the presence of Jesus Jehovah filled with the power 
to heal all my flesh and it holds me in eternal peace. 
Thy love is my mighty protection. I praise Thy Spirit of 
love. 

o thou eternal spirit of wisdom ! 

Awaken and inspire my soul with Thy Divine Breath. 
Let my mind become illumined with Thy glory. In- 
spire all my thoughts with the pure light of Thy Om- 
niscient Mind. I pray with all the sincerity of my mind 
for the Spirit which shall quicken my intuition and lead 
me into the highest, holiest understanding of the mys- 
teries of Thy Divine Life. Guide me, Oh Thou Great 
Jehovah, in the path of light and love. With all the fer- 
vor of my emotional nature I desire Thy wisdom. In- 
spire my judgment and increase my power of discrimina- 
tion. Help me to live like Jesus Christ under the inspira- 



158 HEALING CURRENTS. 

tion of Thy Holy Wisdom Power, that the power of Thy 
Spirit may become manifest through my mind and body, 
for the increase of Thy Glory in the souls of humanity. 
Thine be the honor and glory through time and eternity. 
Amen. 

Our Father ! 

Father of all souls, who art in the pure, heavenly state 
within all souls, who art the Soul of souls — hallowed be 
Thy Name of ever-living, ever-potent love. 

May Thy kingdom of love and justice become manifest 
to all beings in human and animal forms; may Thy al- 
mighty Will, which bringeth peace and plenty, be done 
on earth as it is done in the heavenly realm of souls. 

Thy wisdom and love are revealed in the peaceful 
purity, and in the grace and perfection of our souls. Thy 
kingdom come, Thy will be done in mind and body as it 
is done in our souls. 

Give us this day our daily bread ; fill all our necessities 
and satisfy all our desires from the goodness of Thy om- 
nipresent Mind, and feed us spiritually with the bread 
of life, that we may grow strong in the wisdom and 
dominion of Thy Spirit. 

Forgive us our trespasses, as we forgive those who tres- 
pass against us. 

Dissolve from us all condemnation and teach us to see 
the angel of Thy Presence in all; inspire us with Thy 
feeling of love and compassion for all souls, that we may 
quicken and resurrect the latent goodness and power in 
souls incarnate. 

Lead us in victory over all temptations, and deliver us 
from even the appearance of evil. Let us feel the attraction 
of Thy Spirit leading us to freedom from all mortal at- 
tractions, that we may fulfill the laws of the soul-life as 



HEALING CURRENTS. 159 

sons of God — joint heirs with Christ in the purity and 
power of God. 

We abide with Thee now in the bliss of Being, for 
Thine is the kingdom, and the power, and the glory for- 
ever and ever. Amen. 



t^* «5* *^* 

THE GOD-MAN. 

Man is the highest expression of God, and he can 
evolve to a higher type of being through the understand- 
ing and recognition of the truth that he is the Mind of 
God through and through, from soul to physical atoms. 

Alan is making visible as much of God as he realizes ; 
manifesting the life and intelligence that he has ap- 
propriated from the universal source. 

The God-Man is conscious that his substance and life is 
God. His mind and body have been educated to that de- 
gree of consciousness that he can truly realize and affirm : 
"I and my Father are one." He has polarized so much of 
the Infinite Intelligence into his brain, and educated the 
cells of the body to express so much of life and intel- 
ligence, that every part of his being is positive God-Mind, 
developed from negative mind into a consciousness of 
power and dominion that commands the respect and 
obedience of all negative and undeveloped forms of mind. 

He is the temple of the living God, and God lives in 
and glorifies his whole nature. 

The negative conditions of disease and death find no 
place within his organism, for each atom has become 
positive with conscious life ; and the latent healing power 
resident within each living cell of tissue, which is a cer- 



160 HEALING CURRENTS. 

tain manifestation of life and spirit, has evolved until the 
whole body expresses the healing Spirit of God. 

There is no craving for the gratification of the senses 
or longing for the companionship of any being or beings, 
for the soul has awakened to conscious unity with the 
bliss of eternal Being, and realizes that it is an organized 
expression of the masculine and feminine principles of 
the Divine Mind, a complete whole within itself; and 
having educated the sense mind up to its own plane, it 
is able to hold in equilibrium the magnetic and electric 
forces of the human battery, which satisfies the nature 
with divine peace and harmony. 

The Christ Mind is the mighty key to this spiritualized 
nature, the vital tone to which every atom of the body is 
tuned, and his life is radiant with celestial melody as it 
vibrates throughout the tiny spheres filled with universal 
life and love. 

This is the joyful sound, so free from fear or care, 
It springeth forth with joyous bound all through the 
etheric air. 

He lives in the opulence of omnipresent love and is 
permeated with its supreme glory, which transfigures him 
— when he retires from the world for divine communion — 
and holds him in the ecstasy of immortality. He is that 
love individualized, and is filled with the eternal energy 
of giving and receiving. He is a perpetual spring, for 
from his heart and soul life there emanates the blessing 
of universal love to all ; from his mind flow the illum- 
inated thoughts of truth, filled with freeing, healing 
grace for humanity; his lips speak forth the words of 
everlasting life and joy ; and his hands are active in im- 
parting the healing touch. 



HEALING CURRENTS. 161 

Through his intuition and acquired knowledge, he fur- 
nishes to his associates valuable and useful information; 
the tone of his voice interests and impresses those with 
whom he comes in contact ; and through the truth which 
dwells in his own life he is able to give to others the pearl 
of great price. He is constantly giving and receiving. 
His friends for whom and with whom he is working are 
receiving with him from the one living invisible Source, 
whose center is everywhere. 

Knowing truly how to give and receive, how to at- 
tract and express, he is living in opulence, for he is com- 
plying with the law of divine circulation that fills his 
emptiness from a limitless store. 

He is living in the understanding of his union with the 
inexhaustible Source of all ; the inexhaustible productive- 
ness ; the supreme love which is all-sufficient in all places. 

Having but one great desire, the healing, awakening 
and freeing of God's beloved, he is in tune with the 
mighty purpose of God, which gives him a power and 
wisdom that penetrate to the root cause of all manifesta- 
tions ; and all forces in the universe conspire to carry out 
his will; and success crowns his efforts with perfect ac- 
complishment. 

The limitations of matter have disappeared from the 
consciousness of the God-Man, for his pure penetration 
into the essence of things has resolved all the different 
and varied forms of manifestation into the one responsive 
Substance, which obeys his will because he has entered 
the plane of consciousness that is the essential element 
of all substances, and from this plane of causation he can 
move the interior springs of all lives, and as an em- 
bodiment of God he causes all things to conform to his 
mighty purpose. 



162 HEALING CURRENTS. 

This spiritual man, standing in the consciousness of 
the real and true, sees all things as they are and not 
as they seem to the eye of uneducated sense, and to his 
vision the universe is spread out as a limitless sea of in- 
telligent mental forces, a vibrating ocean of light and life, 
glistening in every atom with the effulgence of a mighty 
intelligence, and comprehending in its boundless love all 
the beings who have evolved from and who forever dwell 
in the breadth, depth and height of its immense activity. 

Seeing that All is Mind, All is Good, All is God, the 
God-Man is one with all of God and God's expressions; 
there is no limitation to his vision or to his knowledge, 
for he is God in every faculty, and can hear all the vibra- 
tive whisperings of the Good in all the universe, and en- 
joy the blending of his mind with the Mind that fills in- 
finity, partaking of Divine Omniscience. 

Realizing that he is all spirit, and that there is no law 
but the Will of God, and he is himself that will, what- 
ever he wills will be effected through his nature. He 
can become positive to the light vibrations of space so 
that mortal eye cannot see his form, and he can make 
himself so positive to the attraction of earth that water 
will seem a solid substance to his feet. He will also exert 
a powerful and beneficial sway over other natures who 
are willing to be dominated by his positive will of good- 
ness and peace, which quickens them with the vitality of 
Eternity, and satisfies their whole being with the living 
bread of life. 

Glory to the perfected God-Man, for he is the per- 
sonality of the Absolute God. 



HEALING CURRENTS. 163 



A CONCEPTION OF GOD. 

The basis of all systems of thought is God. Every 
new philosophy is founded on a new conception of this 
one primal power. The many seekers after God are like 
the blind men who tried by groping to get a concep- 
tion of an elephant. One got hold of the tail, and to him 
the elephant was like a rope. To the one who found the 
trunk the elephant was like a snake. Running against 
his broad side, another was certain that the elephant 
was like a wall. And from the shape of a leg the fourth 
was sure the elephant was like a tree. So all the limited 
conceptions of God are but partial and one-sided views of 
the Infinite and Eternal One. We might as well accept the 
fact to start with that from the very meaning of the words 
infinite and eternal, which are used as descriptive of Deity, 
God is nothing less than the whole. We must see that God 
is at least as great as the vast universe ; and, if we concede 
that all is a manifestation of one power, there will be 
room in our idea of Divinity for all the expansion that 
will come to our mind through growth in knowledge. 

The Hindu Vedantists postulated an abstract, imper- 
sonal Being, that was beyond all ideas of consciousness, 
neither conscious nor unconscious, so immutable that it 
was incapable of generating a universe, and so absolutely 
quiescent and peaceful that in it there was no thought or 
desire or activity of any kind. After formulating this en- 
tirely incomprehensible idea of Divinity, they were led 
to think that this absolute Being was the only reality and 
the only truth ; that all else was nothing — unreal and il- 



164 HEALING CURRENTS. 

lusive ; that all created things were the "figments of a fic- 
titious illusion ;" that both the internal and external order 
of things, the earths and earthy beings and the heavenly 
states with their countless hosts were all a vast hyp- 
notism; an endless succession of dreams that were to be 
escaped by absorption into the abstract state of the Eter- 
nal. To escape the joys of life as well as the sorrows 
was the aim of every true aspirant for emancipation from 
the bondage of existence, and all effort was to the end 
of sublimizing the mind to the degree that the individ- 
uality should lose itself into the one great essence of 
existence. 

But the pendulum has now swung to the opposite ex- 
treme, and humanity at present is not seeking to lose its 
individuality, but to build it stronger ; not desiring to es- 
cape existence, but to enter more deeply into it. There 
was truth in the Hindu ideas of Divinity and in their 
methods of spiritual worship, but it was not the whole 
truth ; just as there is partial truth in the ideas of God 
prevalent in the orthodox world, and the conquering and 
overcoming activities of J:he Western race are the expres- 
sion of a divine method, in that they are conducive to the 
development of great individualities. The Hindu sys- 
tem of thought vividly grasped the soul of the universe as 
the supreme reality, but denied that there was any use 
for the mind and body of the universe, so all effort was 
toward the reduction of the human mind and body to a 
state of pure resistless quiescence. The occidental mind 
is infatuated with the material side of existence, and it 
is only beginning to comprehend or allow that the phys- 
ical universe has a subjective or mental side. Hence not 
much attention is given to the development of aught but 
the faculties or qualities that deal with manifested forces. 



HEALING CURRENTS. 165 

The soul is not considered worthy of any attention, nor 
is it thought by many to be anything more than a name, 
and, in fact, so strong is the materialistic spirit of the 
age that even among certain metaphysicians who have 
formulated the laws of the invisible but omniactive Mind, 
there is a strong repugnance to the idea of the Soul of 
the Whole as the spirit of man. Some think that, so far 
as the laws of mind will serve the personal ego in con- 
quering the forces that have to be contended with in ful- 
filling the needs of mortal existence, just so far are they 
good, but beyond that there is no use delving. But the 
pendulum of racial development will find its poise be- 
tween these two extremes, and the philosophy of the East 
and of the West will be united, for the production of a 
race of beings who, while powerful in individuality and 
ability to surmount every limitation of negative existence, 
will nevertheless realize their full power and wisdom 
through the acknowledgment and expression of the 
higher potencies, qualities and attributes of the Soul life 
of God. 

We are rapidly outgrowing the belief in evil that 
shrouded the mind of the world for so many ages. To 
the oriental mind all existence was a form of evil, even 
to the highest states of manifested life in the heavenly 
spheres. All was looked upon as limitation and bondage, 
and only in the Absolute was there enduring rest from 
the bondage to everlasting transmigration and change. 
To be sure, there -was the greater evil of the deluded 
souls sunk in sin and misery, with no aspiration for eman- 
cipation, and the lesser evil of living for the welfare of 
others ; but at its best life was criticised and condemned 
as evil, and escape from life was the only good. With 
all their wisdom, the dark shadows of evil covered their 



166 HEALING CURRENTS. 

mind and limited expression. Later religionists placed 
humanity in the midst of two great contending forces 
of Good and Evil, but the good was much closer and 
more easily and quickly realized than in the most ancient 
philosophy, for it was not considered necessary to go 
through a number of incarnations before the ties of at- 
tachment could be cut and the good attained, as in the 
Hindu system of thought, but one only had to wage the 
fierce fight against evil in the present to find a pleasant 
future secure in the arms of paradise for all eternity. 
And now, so close are we growing to the vision of the 
One who is too pure to behold iniquity, that we no longer 
look upon existence as evil even in greater or less de- 
grees, nor do we see in the universe of God the opposing 
forces of Good and Evil. But we rejoice in the knowl- 
edge that it is all good; it is lesser good and greater 
good; good undeveloped and good developed; but from 
its worst to its best aspect, from the lowest to the high- 
est degree and form of manifestation, it is all good. We 
now comprehend the great truth that we stand in the 
midst of a growing, evolving universe, and in and behind 
it all are manifesting the purpose and the will of the om- 
nipotent Soul, and whether we stand on a planet whose 
humanity is young in the expression of the divinity 
latent within it, or on a planet older and wiser and more 
fully rounded out in the individualization and expression 
of the omniscient intelligence of God, it is all good. The 
young planet with its warring, savage humanity, and the 
older planet with its humanity of peaceful, godlike be- 
ings, are alike formed from the universal substance of 
God, and the love of the Infinite One is shed as graciously 
upon the warring tribes of cannibals filled with hatred 
and cruelty, as upon the angelic beings radiant with the 



HEALING CURRENTS. 167 

consciousness of Divinity, for the patient love of the 
Eternal is wise with the knowing that ALL is its own 
evolving substance, pregnant with the infinite life that 
shall awaken, during the endless evolutions of time, the 
intelligence of each atom, as of each mind, to the fullest 
realization of the intelligence and purpose of the ALL. 

We may look upon the cosmos as the manifestation of 
an almighty battery of energy, a divine conscious bat- 
tery, so that the duality of "matter and energy" created 
by materialistic science will be resolved into the concep- 
tion of one omnipotent Intelligence, expressing itself 
through the positive and negative poles of universal sub- 
stance. The objective universe of so-called matter is 
the negative aspect of the one universal Substance, the 
negative pole of the great mental battery, for all sub- 
stance is capable of endless expansion in the development 
of intelligence, and the subjective realms and states of 
existence are this same Substance in a more refined de- 
gree of expression, in a more positive and intelligent 
state of manifestation. In and around the negative 
realms and worlds are the individualizations of the one 
Substance less developed in intelligence, while farther up 
in the states and conditions of sublimated and spiritual- 
ized existence are the beings who have grown positive 
with the positiveness that inheres in the inmost and all- 
comprehending sphere of omnipotent, omniscient and 
omnipresent Consciousness, the Soul of the vast whole — 
God. 

Our mind expands and thrills with the sublime con- 
ception of the magnitude and mightiness of the God of 
the universe, an individualized and forever individualizing 
expression of the eternal and unmanifest, whose negative 
body — [the physical universe] — is infused and sustained 



168 HEALING CURRENTS. 

by His positive mind-body — [the spiritual universe] — 
and the whole forever developing in intelligence and per- 
fection as its great Soul comes more and more into ex- 
pression, infusing the positive and negative poles of His 
body with more of life, love and wisdom, and manifesting 
in each succeeding cycle of progression more of the per- 
fect power and grace that reside in His Soul. 

Our hope enlarges and our faith grows sure of the 
possibilities in our own unfoldment, for we see that God 
has individualized Himself as the Whole, and the Whole 
is forever developing its power of expressing divinity, so 
that as the positive Mind of God grows more positive, it 
infuses its positive intelligence into the negative body of 
existence, so that negative substances grow more intel- 
ligent. And through this unceasing process of individ- 
ualization each being, as an epitome of the whole, is 
polarizing the intelligence and power and substance of 
God toward the development and expression of a more 
positive and enduring individuality. We are each one an 
individualized soul, being polarized and organized from 
the love and wisdom and power of the soul of God, and 
this individual soul has organized a positive and negative 
pole of mental and physical energies that are polarizing 
constantly from the positive and negative poles of the 
mind and body of God. So it is evident that as individ- 
ualization is a law of all life, subjective as well as ob- 
jective, all beings that ever evolved from the bosom of 
Divinity still continue and will ever continue to progress 
in Divinity through the various stages of human, angelic 
and archangelic being. And it does not take much 
imagination to fill the supernatural universe with the 
myriads of beings that have lived in human form, and to 
see perpetuated in sublimer form the trees and flowers 



HEALING CURRENTS. 169 

and all the beauties of earthly scenery on a grander and 
more varied scale. And we can imagine the older, wiser 
and more powerful souls in the position of Gods and God- 
desses, as radiant suns of spiritual life and love to the less 
developed souls attracted to them and their kingdoms for 
the wisdom and love, the appropriation of which will 
give them greater growth and stronger powers for spir- 
itual expression. 

With what exalted emotions we contemplate the idea 
of these spheres of spiritual beings, all working in har- 
mony and obedient to the law of love and life, and seek- 
ing to make their realizations of benefit to those less 
developed ; so that each planet is surrounded by its men- 
tal and spiritual worlds of living beings, who appropriate 
from higher states of Mind and bring into the lower 
states the light from above, all -working as a constant 
blessing and upliftment to incarnate humanity. In this 
idea we have the solution for the teaching in regard to 
all the lords and saviors and gods and angels and spir- 
itual entities of the past. There has been truth in all 
teachings that have been wafted to earth from the 
heavens above for the spiritualization and education of 
humanity, and our system of thought must be large 
enough to embrace all the gods and deities of the past as 
well as the discoveries of modern scientific research, for 
in the Whole there is that which will satisfy every human 
emotion and desire. Those who long for absorption in 
the Absolute, as well as those who wish to enter Nirvana 
with Buddha, may work out their desire to their own 
satisfaction, without limiting the good of any. Those 
who pray to any gods will find the gods they pray to and 
plenty more, and those who worship as their Savior, Jesus 
Christ, will find Him Lord of lords, and King of kings 



170 HEALING CURRENTS. 

in this solar system ; and all who delight in the expansion 
and development of their individuality will find bound- 
less possibilities for growth and progression throughout 
eternity. 

10* i0& t2& 



MY VITAL ORGANS ARE GENERATING HEAL- 
ING, HARMONIZING VITALITY. 

This thought should be memorized and allowed to run 
through the mind as much as possible. It should be re- 
peated just before falling asleep and the first thing in the 
morning. Also deny all mortal condemnation from the 
sexual nature, and affirm the truth that it is pure and 
holy in its office and function. 

f£^i 10& £m 

PROTECTION. 

I AM, I KNOW I AM. I am centered in the protect- 
ing power of almighty God. 

I am protected by His almighty Spirit of truth and jus- 
tice. 

I stand on the eternal rock of truth and decree that jus- 
tice shall manifest in all my affairs. The Lord God Al- 
mighty is my Defense. 

My enemies and persecutors cannot stand against me. 

All injustice is dissolved from my life. 

He that is for me is mightier than they who stand 
against me. 

I am sheltered and protected under the wings of love 



HEALING CURRENTS. 171 

and mercy, and only good shall manifest in my life and 
affairs. 

The angels of the Lord are encamped around about me, 
and the hosts of wisdom and love shall be my protection 
day and night. 

I will fear no evil, for Thou art with me. Thou givest 
Thine angels charge concerning me, to keep me in all my 
ways. Thy goodness and Thy mercy shall hold me in 
perfect peace, and all the evil intentions of those who are 
working against me shall be dissolved by Thy Spirit, and 
justice shall conquer for the glory of the living God. 

€<?* «£* 5(7* 

THUS SPEAKS THE LIVING SOUL. 

I am the immortal Son of God. 

I live in endless Splendor. 
I breathe the Spirit of Eternity. 

I see with the Omniscient Eye. 
I know that All is Good. 

I am radiant with Omnipotent Love. 
I am the Resurrection, and the Life Everlasting. 

I and my Father are One. 

C£?* t&* C(7* 

CONSTIPATION. 

Place both hands on the abdomen so as to increase 
the magnetic force in the abdomen while using these af- 
firmations. This treatment should be used at least three 
times a day. Great benefit may be realized by massaging 
the body both front and back with the hands, at the same 
time repeating the thought: You are active, active life. 
This thought should be held especially for the liver. 



172 HEALING CURRENTS. 

I will that the intelligent force in each one of these or- 
gans shall be active in keeping my bowels open and free 
from any torpid or diseased condition. 

My stomach is peaceful digestive power. 

My liver is active intelligence. 

My spleen is spiritual life. 

My kidneys are purifying substance. 

My generative organs are creative vitality. 

My bowels are energized mind. 

All these organs work together to produce health and 
harmony in my body. 

I AM SPIRIT IN ACTION. 



10*1 i2& t^* 



FOR PAINFUL SWELLINGS. 

Use these thoughts toward painful swellings: 
You have no pride; you are going down into the in- 
finite depths of meekness and peace. You are so meek 
that you cannot organize a painful swelling. You are so 
peaceful that you cannot polarize poison. You have no 
ambition to be anything or do anything. You are peace. 
You cannot resist the healing peace that lives in all your 
substance. The cleansing waters of truth purify you of 
all poisonous elements. All is peace and harmony. The 
power of omnipotence is your peace and satisfaction. 



HEALING CURRENTS. 173 



DO UNTO OTHERS AS YOU WOULD BE DONE 

BY. 

This truth is starting a new revival of the Christ heal- 
ing. It is alive with healing energy. The same mighty 
Spirit of Love that healed through Jesus is willing and 
able to heal the sick now, if the mental conditions of faith 
and expectancy are aroused. Every morning and evening 
pour out your blessings of healing love upon those who 
are reading truth in expectation of healing. Even though 
you are sick, do this in His Love, and you will become one 
with the healing currents from the spiritual worlds, and 
you will feel uplifted and inspired and healed by the Spirit 
of Love which is uniting all blessings into a great bat- 
tery of healing power. It will grow stronger as greater 
numbers co-operate in sending out the healing thought. 
Wonderful will be the results ! 

Almost miraculous have been some of the results al- 
ready. The angel worlds stand ready to pour down their 
blessing and power upon us. They are but waiting for us 
to open the door of our hearts and start the current to 
flowing. The Holy Spirit will enter the current of our 
loving thoughts and inspire us with its healing power. 
Remember that the Immortal Christ, mightier than ever 
in His individual healing power, is waiting at the door of 
your heart, desiring to express His love, through the me- 
dium of your affections, to souls living in the mind of the 
world. With His glorified presence of love in mind, pour 
out thoughts and feelings toward others who, like your- 



174 HEALING CURRENTS. 

self, are looking for healing. You do not need a fixed 
thought, as your feelings will form thoughts of blessing, 
but this thought will help you to understand how to be- 
gin. "I bless all who are sick with the healing love of 
Jesus Jehovah, whose Spirit is the life of my soul." You 
will become all aglow with healing love. You will de- 
velop the capacity to realize heavenly feelings. Joy, such 
as you have never before realized, will gladden your 
heart and enlighten your soul. God will become real to 
you. What a transforming power this practice, long con- 
tinued by many devoted souls, will bring into the cur- 
rents of the world mind. 

God is almighty in His own state of love. But only as 
mortals in touch with negative states of life realize the 
love of God does the power of love gain entrance into 
the lower strata of mortal existence and influence human 
society. Therefore every heart that pours out the love of 
God toward humanity helps to increase the power of God 
with mortals, and becomes a fulcrum upon which God 
can rest His lever in lifting mankind out of their state of 
ignorance and misery. 

I know you will get wonderful realizations from this 
practice because I have my own experience, and manv 
letters from those who are allowing their soul-love to ex- 
press in this way, which confirm what I say. 



HEALING CURRENTS. 175 



AFFIRMATIONS. 

I am poised in the Majestic Will of the Almighty. 

His mighty will is cleansing me of mortal attachments 
and setting me free. All darkness of the past is entirely 
dissolved from my mind and I dwell in the pure peace of 
eternity. 

My soul is wedded to Jesus Jehovah and I care for no 
one except as I see in them His immortal Presence. 

I am living in eternity for eternity, and the things of 
time do not affect me or disturb me. 

It makes no difference to me what people think of me, 
for I am centered in the love of the Lord God Almighty. 

Only what he desires for me shall come to me. 

I am surrounded by his mighty protecting love, which 
dissolves from me all mortal mentalities. 

No evil can come nigh my dwelling-place because I 
place my trust in Him. 

All affections and desires of the past that were not for 
the truth are cast into the ocean of oblivion. 

* * * 

My soul is attuned to the merciful love of Jesus 
Jehovah, and all my nature is harmonized and healed by 
His mighty Presence. 

He is the God of my life, and I allow Him to rule and 
regulate all things in my nature and affairs. 

I recognize His majestic Will as all-powerful and all- 
sufficient. 

My faith is strong in the power of His Will and the 
wisdom of His Mind, and by faith I am partaking of His 



176 HEALING CURRENTS. 

wisdom and power, and all things are NOW working for 
the manifestation of His goodness and truth. I am a 
strong and powerful expresser of His love, which creates 
health and harmony in all my life. 

From my soul flows the Fountain of His joyous life and 
strength. 

His omnipotent Will is working for my good and for 
the good of all whom I love, and no mortal power can 
hinder His invincible power. 



I am a mighty magnet of love to draw souls to Jesus 
Christ. 

All my affairs are dominated by the Spirit of love, 
which brings to me abundant prosperity. I have faith in 
the prospering power of God. 

I am strong in the magnetic power of God and draw my 
own to me with unceasing regularity. 

Oh, living Spirit of eternity dwelling within my soul. I 
praise Thy Holy Presence. I rest in Thy eternal peace 
and harmony. I trust to Thy unceasing love and power to 
bring all good to pass in my life. I am one with Thee, 
my Father, and am drawing closer and closer to the con- 
scious realization of Thy Presence, which shall dissolve 
all my fears and hold my mind unwavering and steady 
in eternal peace. 

I praise Thee for the life and strength that I now mani- 
fest, and I know that I will gain new dominion and power 
day by day as I walk hand in hand with Thee, until all 
mortal limitations are overcome. 

I praise and glorify Thy Holy Spirit, and rest in con- 
scious unity with Thee through time and eternity. Praise 
His Holy Name ! 



HEALING CURRENTS. Ill 

I affirm my perfect freedom in all lines and on all 
planes. My soul is the power of God and has been given 
the power to heal all the ills of my flesh and all the breaks 
in my environments. 

Jesus Christ will fill in all the broken places in my life's 
path with his love and wisdom and power. 

My soul life accepts and knows this power, and from 
henceforth I rest in this power in safety. All my sur- 
roundings are peaceful. 

The light of heaven shall yet dawn in my life, and I 
shall share in its glory. 

MY SOUL SHALL GAIN THE VICTORY. 
ALL IS GOOD! 



178 HEALING CURRENTS. 



ADDENDA. 

Prof. Hyslop, Prof. James and other noted members of 
the Psychical Research Society have been investigating 
the facts of telepathy, spirit messages and other psychic 
phenomena. Mrs. Piper, a trance medium, has been their 
instrument of communication through which messages 
have been received from the spirit world for a number 
of years. According to reports, she is not a psychic me- 
dium ; that is, she has not the clairvoyant faculty ; she 
does not see the spirits with whom the professors con- 
verse. While in the trance states she is a sensorium, ca- 
pable of transmitting thoughts from those in the spiritual 
world to those on the physical plane. In the face of the 
fact that in the communications themselves it was defi- 
nitely stated over and over that they were written and 
expressed by disembodied spirits, the learned men, cast- 
ing aside as valueless this simplest explanation of the 
source of the communications, formulated a hypothesis 
crediting the phenomenon to the activity of the subcon- 
scious intelligence in man, in the effort to form a theory 
that would satisfy their own ideas and eliminate the neces- 
sity for the belief that spirits continue to exist after phys- 
ical dissolution and communicate with mortals. 

It is as if a few men, blind and deaf, should refuse to 
believe in the existence of people around them who were 
visible to the sight of others, and even should refuse to 
accept communications from those around them at face 
value, choosing to believe that the activities they knew 
to exist around them were caused, not by people like 
themselves, but by blind, irrational and deceptive forces. 

Thousands have the psychic or soul faculties of seeing, 
hearing, feeling, etc., developed to that degree that these 
intelligent forces that the learned professors have tried to 



HEALING CURRENTS. 179 

explain by their hypothesis of the "subliminal conscious- 
ness" are visible as spirit personalities of various natures 
and characteristics. They appear in form as they ap- 
peared on earth, dressing according to their taste, ming- 
ling in social pleasures, conversing among themselves and 
with those on the earth plane who can hear them. Now 
whose evidence is of the most value, the evidence of the 
man or woman who sees, or the word of the one who, 
blindly groping in the dark, invents names for things he 
does not see? 

The following article, clipped from a Spiritualist paper, 
relates the common experience of one who is psychic. 
I can vouch for the truth of such psychic experience from 
many like experiences in my own life through the devel- 
opment of the spiritual faculties. To one who sees and 
knows by conscious intercourse with the spirit world that 
spirits do return to the earth plane after death, the the- 
ories of the members of the Psychical Research Society 
are utterly absurd and entirely worthless to those who 
desire truth. 

SPIRIT HYPNOTISM SEEN CLAIRVOYANTLY. 

In many of the recent articles of our spiritual writers 
I note the claim that mediumship, psychology or hyp- 
notism are either wholly beneficent or entirely injurious. 

The spirit editor, James M. Finck, of the Reformer and 
Humanitarian Magazine, Galveston, Texas, having been 
in the spirit realms the infinite number of twenty years, 
is declaring through its pages that evil spirits are re- 
turned as nonentities to the great ocean of universal life 
and that there is no Obsession. 

May I advise this spirit editor to become acquainted 
with spirits Samuel Bowles, Aaron Knight, Prof, von 
Marx, and the author of "A Wanderer in Spirit Lands," 
and thousands of others who have been investigating for 
many decades through spirit realms and inform us of ex- 
isting evil-minded spirits and their abodes. Yes, let 
him interview the spirit guardians of Dr. J. M. Peebles, of 



180 HEALING CURRENTS. 

San Diego, Cal. ; of Dr. G. Lester Lane, of 872 Hunting- 
ton avenue, Boston, and others who have proven beyond 
a doubt the fact of Obsession, and have relieved many, 
many persons hypnotized by injurious spirits. 

I can travel twenty-three miles in Chicago and not see 
a drunken man nor hear an oath, and yet there are thou- 
sands swearing, drinking, drunk. I simply have not in- 
vestigated existing conditions, but my lack of investiga- 
tion does not give me the right to declare that no such 
conditions exist. 

I have been clairvoyant but ten years, but have learned 
that Nature does not snuff out individual existence, either 
good or evil, nor did I have to go to the haunts of sin or 
the holy of holies to see them, but in church and hall, on 
the streets and in homes I have seen both classes. 

What a blessing are the true and the good, robed in 
ethereal white, beaming with love and spirituality, radiant 
with that higher intelligence, Orientals and Occidentals, 
bearing peace and harmony, soothing the sorrowing, heal- 
ing the afflicted, teaching through the various phases of 
mediumship the truths of a higher spiritual, happier life,- 
guiding and guarding those of earth life, ever a blessing 
and a truth, some as companions, talking and suggesting 
to their sensitives, others working independently, only re- 
quiring the more material magnetism of a mortal person as 
an aid, others psychologizing to full control, while others 
control from within the brain, using the vocal organs in- 
dependently, the sensitive being fully conscious. Yes, I, 
have seen the true and loving spirits striving with will/ 
power and philosophic wisdom against those of evil de-l 
sign in the presence of a sensitive of sincere spiritual as- 
pirations. 

I have assisted the higher forces in breaking the hyp- 
notic power of injurious spirits. In one instance I seemed 
impelled to go to the home of a friend on Lake avenue, 
this city. On arriving I found the daughter, a fine sensi- 
tive, suffering from nervous prostration and great depres- 
sion. I described to the family the spirit of a relative 



HEALING CURRENTS. 181 

who in life had attempted their financial ruin. There he 
was hovering near the daughter, and projecting the most 
injurious vibrations that he could command. I was told 
to walk back and forth through the rooms and break his 
vibrations by sweeping the atmosphere with my hands. 
In a short time the daughter was as well and joyous as 
ever, and there is not a purer, nobler young lady any- 
where than she. The cause lay not in her mediumship, 
or her character, but in the malicious nature of the obses- 
sing spirit, and without assistance her case would have 
been most serious. 

The wife of an acquaintance who knew nothing of con- 
trol became clairaudient, and thinking that only the good 
could communicate, she gave heed to their advice, and 
within two days it became necessary to call in a physician 
and a Healer. 

While in the home of a friend I met a noble, virtuous 
young man. I saw a monk control him to repeat poetry, 
and to give the name oFEdgar Allan Poe as his name. 
Having read a description of Poe and some of his writ- 
ings, there was no comparing the two. Then another 
claiming to be Tennyson spoke through him. Finally he 
passed into a trance condition, becoming cold and white 
as in death, and an ordinary spirit claiming to be Christ 
spoke to us, not as the Christ would, but as an impostor, 
not knowing we were^dairvoyant. 

I once saw an investigator stretch out his arm so that 
his form represented a cross, then he remarked, "As this 
is emblematic of the cross, so was I crucified. I am the 
Christ." In looking back of this person I saw two very 
dark spirits psychologizing him to do and say what he 
had. Another party was hypnotized to believe himself 
greater than the President and was impelled by unseen 
forces to go to the station to purchase a ticket to Wash- 
ington, D. C. The public would have called these per- 
sons insane, not seeing the spirit psychologizers. 

I would like to mention one other too trustful a sensi- 
tive ; spirits claiming to be her loved ones through decep- 



182 HEALING CURRENTS. 

tion gained control, and only through the removing and 
restoring powers of spirit physicians and healers was she 
saved from paralysis and insanity, and is now serving the 
spirit world as a medium for human progress. 

While traveling on a railway train I glanced down the 
aisle, and coming from the farther end was a most de- 
bauched spirit; he was met by higher forces and ejected 
from the car. Another time on entering a car I was at- 
tracted to a person I felt sure was a sensitive, and at the 
same time a spirit force seemed hurled across my fore- 
head like an electric shock and my brain felt grasped, as 
it were. Conscious of the source, I sent out all the resist- 
ive will power I possessed, and the loving voice of my 
guardians assured me that they wouuld take charge of 
the offending spirit, while a prayer went out from my soul 
that the sensitive stranger was also protected. It was a 
spirit earthbound, desperate, without a sense of justice or 
feeling. Again when traveling I have seen beautiful 
spirit children in the laps of their parents, with clinging 
arms about their necks, and spiritioved ones sitting beside 
the living, and to me it seems as natural to see both as 
to see only those the world calls living. These are truths 
that an eternity of discussion cannot change, but may 
stimulate to deeper thought and investigation. 

Mediumship is a glorious blessing and not the source 
or cause of injury to the medium. Individualized spirit 
possessed of the evil principles of mankind and the knowl- 
edge of hypnotism, asserting those principles and hypnotic 
J power to the injury of mortals, is the one great cause of 
\ much of human suffering and crime. 

The responsibility rests upon every individual knowing 
these truths. Let us then see to it that every developing 
young sensitive, as far as possible, be protected against 
disorderly spirits, and taught to maintain psychical and 
mental equilibrium. Then only can we be blameless. 
Barton Stewart, in The Banner of Light. 



HEALING CURRENTS. 183 

ADDITIONS TO SECOND EDITION. 

The only adverse criticism received since the publica- 
tion of Healing Currents has been directed toward the 
Addenda. When a truth is criticised either it is not 
properly expressed or there is not sufficient knowledge 
of the subject in the minds of those who find fault. One 
student writes: 

"I am sorry you added the last part to the book. 
If people could only investigate Spiritualism and keep 
their poise there would be no harm, but so many do not 
that I feel like cutting it out everywhere." 

The knowledge contained in the Addenda is just what 
is necessary to heal many souls that know so little of 
the ways of undeveloped spirits that they remain in 
mental and physical bondage through spirit hypnotism. 

We need to know ALL truth about the invisible as 
well as visible world, if we would be saved from ig- 
norance and deception. 

There is a bright as well as a dark side to Spiritualism. 
The truth that every student of the occult should have 
drilled into his mind first, last and at all times is this : 
There is but One Power in the universe and this One 
Power is Good. Men, spirits and angels, on their sev- 
eral planes of life, are manifestations of the One Power, 
and all the good they do is to be credited to the Source 
of all Goodness — God. 

Students are often overawed by their first experiences 
with spirit power. But a larger view of truth shows 
them that God contains all these lesser spirit powers in 
His universal power, and that spirits of themselves are 
powerless and very limited in their intelligence when 
compared with the all-embracing Love that uses them 
for its mighty ends. 

Those who look to decarnate intelligence for guidance 



184 HEALING CURRENTS. 

and help soon become magnets for a host of spirits that 
are drawn from the surrounding mental atmosphere. 
These are not of a highly developed nature, have not 
yet outgrown the carnal mind, and often obsess and 
devitalize those with whom they come in contact. But 
those who recognize that God's love and wisdom are 
the source of all good, and by the various spiritual ex- 
ercises keep their minds in communion with His Spirit, 
become refined in character and repel by their soul 
power all undeveloped spirits. They trust in God and 
they know that whether their prayers are answered 
through the agency of mortals, spirits or angels, the 
Mind of God is doing the work and to Him is the 
glory. 

We can study the laws of "spirit return" and learn of 
the mysterious ways through which life and intelligence 
grows toward spiritual perfection without becoming 
subject to spirits. 

The following letter shows the value of denial and 
affirmation in freeing the mind from mental disturbances. 

"I do not believe in bad spirits or influences. If we 
keep our minds on the positive Good no bad spirit can 
influence us. I am surprised that you had that article 
printed in the back of that Jewel of a book of yours. 
That Addenda will be apt to frighten the ones who are 
not well-balanced — centered in Christ. I read the Ad- 
denda just before I went to bed, thinking at first it was 
the summing up of all the good, and in the night I had 
very unpleasant visions. But I aroused myself and 
claimed the all-powerful protection of the Father, and 
commanded the hideous faces to get behind me as 
Satan, for there was no reality in anything but omni- 
present Good, and I soon got rid of the unpleasant ex- 
perience which was new to me. I expect what I read 
had a stronger influence on my mind than I suspected, 
coming from such a source as your book. That is why 



HEALING CURRENTS. 185 

I tell you of the way it affected me. No good has ever 
been gained by me in reading or investigating Spiritual- 
ism, yet many can only see a glimpse of truth in that 
way." 

Letters of criticism are as valuable as those of com- 
mendation to a teacher who is trying to aid souls to the 
realization of truth. The former show him the limita- 
tions of the human mind with which he has to deal and 
the latter encourage him with the knowledge of the 
good that becomes manifest from the light of truth. 

The following will serve as a sample of a large num- 
ber of letters of commendation for which I am grateful. 

"I want to tell you what a blessing and inspiration 
your book has been to me and to my friends, especially in 
helping one of our truth students here who has been 
going through a long psychic experience, and had it 
not been for your explanation of and treatment for one 
who seems to be obsessed I would not have known how 
to deal with her. Now, thank God, she is free, and that 
special . treatment proved very strong and powerful 
every time. 

"Your words about Jesus are very beautiful. I feel 
that you have given Him back to us and put Him in His 
right place. Surely, many of the New Thought fol- 
lowers lose a great deal when they ignore Him so com- 
pletely. 

"I would like very much to know if He has not the 
power of imparting His resurrection life to those who 
love Him and long to rise into the full consciousness 
of the Christ life, and is He not able still to help those 
souls who are facing deep problems and going through 
deep waters of experience? 

"May God make your book a blessing to thousands." 

In answer to the foregoing I would say : 
To those wEo keep in close soul union with Him 
Jesus is all that He was to His disciples in the past. 



186 HEALING CURRENTS. 

The following newspaper account of a "Weird Case" 
of obsession by undeveloped spirits cannot be accounted 
for by any theory of the medical men. 

The organism of the medium had been made very 
negative by disease and the personality had been sub- 
jected to the will of spirit personalities who desired to 
gain mortal experience through her brain. With the 
knowledge given in this book, by persistent effort, a de- 
termined soul could cast out those spirits and develop 
the personality to a normal state. 

The "Suggestions" by the Rev. Isaac K. Funk, the 
noted editor of the Standard Dictionary, and the "Plea" 
of Prof. Jas. H. Hyslop, are valuable as showing the 
interest that occult subjects are arousing among the 
authorities in the scientific and religious worlds of 
thought. 

As an illustration of the beautiful side to "spirit re- 
turn" and in contrast to the examples of obsession, I 
will add a "Message" from the spirit of a young man 
who passed out from consumption. This spirit was seen 
by a cultured lady who heard clairaudiently the words 
that he desired should reach his mother and sisters. 

GIRL'S WEIRD CASE PUZZLE TO DOCTORS. 

London, April 8, 1905! — An astonishing case of a 
girl possessing ten separate and distinct personalities 
within twenty months is being much discussed in medi- 
cal circles. 

The girl was the patient of Dr. Albert Wilson, and so 
remarkable was the case that Dr. Wilson laid it before 
the committee of the Medico Psychological Association. 
Many members of the body were skeptical at first, agree- 
ing that the manifestations undoubtedly were genuine, 
but they were unable to offer any explanation of the 
occurrence. 

Dr. Wilson also reported the case to the Psychical 
Research Society, which now has published the details 
in its proceedings. 



HEALING CURRENTS. 187 

In April, 1895, the girl, who was then under 13 years 
of age and indifferently educated, had an attack of in- 
fluenza. After remaining in bed for ten days she went 
out into the cold air and suffered a relapse. Within 
the next two days she was on the point of death, but 
gradually recovered strength. 

Then there began to appear in succession the ten 
personalities, the last one of which occurred a year and 
eight months after the first and took the form of blind- 
ness and imbecility. Now at the age of 22 she is in good 
health, the best of her personalities that showed itself 
having been educated and developed. 

The personalities manifested themselves as follows: 

First personality, April, 1895, acute mania, intense 
fear, with blindness and illusions as to the presence of 
snakes, and craving for oranges and lemonade. 

Second personality about a month later, a simple 
child with reversed ideas as to writing and speaking. 
She repudiated her name, but would respond on being 
referred to as "thing." 

Third personality, July, 1895, physical health improved. 
She now became very passionate, attempting to eat her 
clothes. She could read and write, though unable to 
do so when possessed of personality No. 2. 

Fourth personality. In August, 1895, she became a 
deaf-mute and failed to hear loud noises close to her 
ears, but could speak in deaf and dumb language. 

In her fifth personality, December, 1895, she again 
reversed things, called black white and thin people fat. 
She spelled backward, but wrote forward. She be- 
lieved she was 3 days old, but understood everything 
that was going on around her. 

She was paralyzed in the legs at this stage, but her 
condition changed. In an instant she leaped from her 
bed, ran upstairs, where she threw herself upon the 
floor and revolved on her back and shoulders. She also 
rested on her head and attempted to walk up walls. A 
few days later she was normal again. 

The sixth personality was in May, 1896, when she 
appeared as a sweet child, but totally ignorant of spell- 



188 \ HEALING CURRENTS. 

ing, reading and writing. This is the personality that 
is now being developed satisfactorily. 

In the seventh personality, that of June, 1896, she re- 
membered clearly her early childhood, but not her illness 
and subsequent period. This stage lasted a fortnight. 

The eighth personality, in June, 1896, came with her 
complete loss of memory. The patient believed she 
had been born the day before. She called her father 
Tom and her mother Mary. It lasted three days. 

In the ninth personality, October, 1896, the transition 
came gradually. Fits of temper were noticed, she 
talked like a young infant, and could not walk, but she 
could speak a little French, of which language she was 
quite ignorant in the normal periods. The tenth person- 
ality, December, 1896, was a blind and imbecile stage. 

SUGGESTIONS REGARDING PSYCHIC 
PHENOMENA. 

By the Rev. Isaac K. Funk, LL.D., New York City. 

As the anti-psychic storm has now subsided, though 
the sea here and there still runs high, will not the press 
permit me a few suggestions as to the methods of in- 
vestigation which, in my judgment, will prove helpful 
in separating the true from the false phenomena and in 
determining the laws that govern them, and as to how 
the press and the public may render essential service 
in helping to right conclusions? My meaning will be 
more easily understood through several concrete illustra- 
tions : 

First Class of Phenomena: A few weeks ago in Chi- 
cago Dr. Carl A. Wickland, an intelligent and respect- 
able physician of that city, residing at 616 North Wells 
street, gave me a number of personal experiences which 
have convinced him that obsession by evil discarnate 
intelligences is the cause of a large per cent of insanity 
— over one-half, he thinks. Through his wife, who is a 
non-professional "sensitive" or "medium," he has made 
hundreds of investigations, and has applied many in- 
genious tests to prove the identity of these so-called 



HEALING CURRENTS. 189 

foreign intelligences. He claims to have cured many 
cases of insanity by working along this theory — some 
who were pronounced hopelessly insane. We may laugh 
at this, but is there solid ground for an a priori dog- 
matic conclusion that hypnotism may not be a fact be- 
tween a spirit out of the flesh and one in the flesh as 
it is a fact between two persons in the flesh? A few 
years ago we nearly all ridiculed hypnotism as wholly 
charlatanism or illusion. Obsession was common enough 
in Christ's time. Many an insane one Christ and His 
disciples cured by "casting out devils." There are other 
practitioners throughout the world who believe and prac- 
tice as does Dr. Wickland. Will not the press gather 
carefully facts bearing on this class of cases and publish 
them, giving names and addresses and verified facts, es- 
pecially the facts that would seem to establish the iden- 
tity of the so-called obsessing spirit? Is it not worth 
while? Let us remember, a single scientifically dem- 
onstrated fact of the existence of even an evil discarnate 
spirit will do more to prove the continuance of life after 
death than all the sermons on immortality that have 
been preached in the last ten years. That single dem- 
onstration would be the death knell of materialism. 

Second Class of Phenomena: By an arrangement 
with Dr. M. A. Vreeder, of Lyons, N. Y., a medical 
scientist of wide repute, I in Brooklyn drew the 
figure of a fish and then pointed to the zenith. Sensi- 
tives whom Dr. Vreeder had at his office told him at 
that moment that I drew a fish and pointed to the zenith. 
No one but myself, 400 miles distant, could have known 
either fact by any scientifically recognized method of 
communication. This seems to point to long distance 
telepathy. Similar facts are occurring in many places. 
Will not the press be hospitable to them and closely ver- 
ify and report them minutely? Nature in this way may 
be whispering to our dull senses of forces and laws, 
more subtle and vastly more important than those that 
gave us wireless telegraphy. 



190 HEALING CURRENTS. 

Third Class of Phenomena: G. L. Seabury, 1414 
Atlantic avenue, Brooklyn, whose respectability and 
truthfulness can be easily tested, has given me the facts 
to the least detail of a test experiment he made through 
Mrs. Pepper. She answered for him an important per- 
sonal question in a letter which he kept in his pocket 
throughout the whole sitting. The evidential value of 
such a test depends upon the honesty of the sitter, his 
secrecy as to his intention, and his avoidance of giving 
any information to the medium during the sitting. A 
large per cent of sitters are "easy victims, giving them- 
selves away" in their much talk. I have cross-examined 
Mr. Seabury, and think this case typical of a large num- 
ber of cases worth careful investigation. On pages 217- 
235 of "Widow's Mite" many experiments of this class 
are given which I made through Mrs. Pepper ("Mrs. 
A.") and through Margaret Gaule ("Miss B.") under 
test conditions at private sittings. These cases indicate 
at least near-by mind reading of a high order. But what 
is the explanation of them if they are taken in connec- 
tion with the case vouched for by Professor Hyslop of 
a message sent in English from Boston through Mrs. 
Piper, and received almost simultaneously by another 
medium in England in Greek, neither medium under- 
standing Greek? If the press and public will give a 
sufficient number of verified facts of this class, the scien- 
tists quite likely will in due time solve for us also this 
puzzling riddle. 

Fourth Class of Phenomena: A short time since I 
gave to the press the case of a man finding his father 
who had left home in London 29 years before, and had 
never thereafter been heard of by the family. Since 
then I have got all the facts, examined all the letters 
between father, son and executors, cross-examined the 
man and have found him well-to-do and deemed by 
friends and neighbors to be of unimpeachable veracity. 
The case, from every point that I have approached it, 
seems criticism proof. No recognized theory of telep- 
athy explains it. What is the explanation? Coinci- 
dence? Yes, as says one, if we may suppose that an 



HEALING CURRENTS. 191 

explosion of a type foundry would somewhere in the 
universe and some time in eternity produce the "Iliad." 

Genuine cases of the above and other classes, wher- 
ever occurring, should be searched for by the press more 
than if they were lumps of gold and should be verified 
if possible to the minutest incident, and given, not 
jocosely, but seriously, to the world. My time is so 
occupied that I can give but a few minutes now and 
then to this work — a few minutes of my recreation 
hours. Why will not the press soberly take up this 
matter ? Rightly handled, there is sensation in it worthy 
of the most royal purple journalism. Believe me, there 
is more than fraud and coincidence in these experiences. 
Gladstone was right, when in his membership letter to 
the Society for Psychical Research, he said that this 
work of investigation "is the most important work 
which is being done in the world — by far the most im- 
portant." 

No hypothesis of explanation is as yet given that 
matches all around ; no theory has as yet passed beyond 
the speculative stage. 

Permit me an additional point or two. 

In these investigations, it is not wise to assume that 
a "sensitive" you deem worth testing is dishonest. If 
you do, the chances are you will get nothing. Be wise 
as serpents, but harmless as doves. Remember, Christ 
could do no wonders in His own country because of 
"their unbelief." Learn what that means, you who 
"know it all" and are so "cock sure." A prestidigitator 
is good at detecting tricks, but may not be worth his 
salt in the investigation of genuine psychic phenomena. 
Psychic things are psychically discerned as musical 
things are musically discerned. A Darwin whose fac- 
ulty for music is atrophied, is no judge as to whether 
it is a Paderewski at the piano in the other room ; the 
judgment of the child musically developed is far better. 
All things carry their own proof to a faculty up to the 
level of the faculties' development. Also, predisposition 
is a sword that cuts both ways; deception invites de- 
ception ; like draws like. These things are true, whether 



192 HEALING CURRENTS. 

the psychic phenomena which are being investigated are 
from the subjective mind of the medium or from foreign 
intelligence. "Words, words, and nothing more," is 
all this to nine out of ten of even cultured readers ; but 
if they will study it out they will find these words the 
hardest kind of sense. 

Do not be afraid that the universal order of things 
will be upset if some new truth is discovered — natural 
truth, not supernatural; there is nothing supernatural 
but God, and He most probably is infinitely natural. 
Never forget God has made the universe fireproof, and 
has thought it altogether safe to trust us with the match- 
box to experiment with. 

And will not the press permit me to suggest that the 
instruction be reversed that seems in some newspaper 
offices to be given to reporters : "Young men, first be 
interesting; second, be interesting; third, fourth and 
fifth, be interesting; and then incidentally, if convenient, 
be truthful." 

New York, March 27, 1905. 

«5* *5* «5* 

SCIENCE AND IMMORTALITY— A PLEA FOR 
MORE EXTENDED INQUIRY AS TO 
THE SURVIVAL OF CONSCIOUS- 
NESS AFTER DEATH. 

BY JAMES H. HYSLOP, VICE-PRESIDENT AMERICAN SOCIETY 
FOR PSYCHICAL RESEARCH. 

Science for a long time set its judgment against the 
possibility of sustaining any belief in the future life, 
and many still will assert confidently that it never can 
give any substantial support for it. This may be true 
in fact; but there is a mass of phenomena within the 
reach of scientific consideration that certainly justifies 
a scientific investigation looking to the merits of the 
claim that human consciousness survives death, and it 
is indeed the scandal of science itself that the phe- 
nomena which put forward such strong evidence of 



HEALING CURRENTS. 193 

their importance have not received the attention which 
they deserve, even though they turn out to be different 
from what their superficial appearance suggests that 
they are. 

Why the human race would so enthusiastically organ- 
ize all other fields of inquiry, and neglect this one — 
nay, despise it — and reduce every wayfarer in it to a 
candidate for the madhouse, is all but inexplicable. Of 
course the follies of those who have prosecuted inquiry 
in it so long, and the vulgar frauds that blazed the path- 
way into it, have been the real reason for this contempt, 
and certainly excuse the suspicion and wariness of the 
sane man, though this assumption of intelligence ought 
to have made it secure for his investigations. But it 
has not, and the way is still open to the man who will 
insist upon the need of distinguishing between the wheat 
and the chaff in this product of human development. 
That it may be done is the object of the American In- 
stitute for Scientific Research, which has been founded 
recently, though it has the wide field of abnormal psy- 
chology for its province at the same time. 

The material which makes it unnecessary as well as 
foolish to talk glibly about fraud and delusion as the ex- 
planation of all that lays claim to being supernormal 
now is so large in quantity and so good in quality that 
only unintelligent men can afford longer to sneer. The 
eighteen volumes of "Proceedings," published by the 
English Society for Psychical Research, are a monu- 
ment to its work, as well as a library of facts that de- 
mand some explanation of their meaning and sooner 
or later must receive it. They contain information on 
every imaginable phase of the inquiries associated with 
the real and the alleged supernormal, including fraud, 
illusion, hallucination, coincidence, telepathy, clairvoy- 
ance, apparitions and mediumistic phenomena. In addi- 
tion to these are the two large volumes on "Phantasms 
of the Living," which are a treasure-house of material 
on spontaneous and experimental telepathy, at least al- 
leged, on coincidental dreams, and apparitions of the 
living and the dying. They seem to be supported eviden- 



194 HEALING CURRENTS. 

tially in most cases to such a degree that no ordinary 
explanation is conceivable, though one may not require 
to go beyond telepathy between living minds to account 
for them. 

But telepathy alone is the most revolutionary hy- 
pothesis imaginable within the field of psychology, and is 
not yet admitted by the scientific world. Only a few 
people interested in psychic research and determined 
to entertain any supposition but spiritistic agency can 
be induced to defend openly telepathy of any kind, and 
no scientific man of any high standing will advocate 
that kind of telepathy which would be necessary to 
account for such cases as that of Mrs. Piper, and similar 
instances, such as that of Stainton Moses, Hensleigh 
Wedgewood, the brother-in-law of Charles Darwin, Mrs. 
Verall, Miss X, Mrs. A, Lurancy Vennum, and per- 
haps a host of minor lights. It is not necessary to claim 
that anything else will explain them; but telepathy cer- 
tainly does not and will not until some experimental 
evidence of its nature be found that will qualify it for the 
duty imposed upon it by the public. 

There also are the two volumes by Frank Podmore, 
namely, "Apparitions and Thought Transference," and 
"Aspects of Psychic Research," and also the same au- 
thor's "History of Spiritualism," which, though it rig- 
idly excludes from intelligent favor the largest part of 
the traditional mass of testimony to extramundane 
agency, yet recognizes that the existence of supernormal 
intelligence is a proved fact. Then last comes that great 
work of Frederick W. H. Myers, "Human Personality 
and Its Survival of Bodily Death," a collection of scien- 
tific data and speculation that has hardly any rival in 
history for interest and significance. The capacity 
which human personality reveals in such phenomena as 
this and related collections of trustworthy phenomena 
represent, suggests strongly the possibility of its sur- 
vival after death. This view has many supporters whose 
opinion will carry weight wherever intelligence exists. 

Sir Oliver Lodge, one of the leading physicists in 
England, says: "If anyone cares to hear what sort of 



HEALING CURRENTS. 195 

conviction has been borne in upon my mind, as a scientific 
man, by twenty years' familiarity with these questions 
which concern us, I am willing to reply as frankly as 
I can. I am, for all personal purposes, convinced of the 
persistence of human existence beyond bodily death, 
and though I am unable to justify that belief in full and 
complete manner, yet it is a belief which has been pro- 
duced by scientific evidence that is based upon facts 
and experience." 

Professor Muirhead, lecturer on Mental and Moral 
Science, Hallo way College, England, says: "As a part 
of a wider philosophy, the results of psychical research 
seem to me to be of the greatest theoretic interest, and 
may even turn out to be of the greatest practical im- 
portance." 

Andrew Lang, than whom the English language 
hardly has an abler critic and skeptic, in reviewing Mr. 
Myers* "Human Personality and Its Survival of Bodily 
Death," says: "I myself, regarding the word 'matter* 
and 'spirit' as mere metaphysical counters with which 
we pay ourselves, think (religious faith apart) that hu- 
man faculty lends a fairly strong presumption in favor 
of the survival of human consciousness. 

"To myself, after reading the evidence, it appears 
that a fairly strong presumption is raised in favor of a 
'phantasmogenetic agency' set at work, in a vague, un- 
conscious way, by the deceased, and I say this after 
considering the adverse arguments of Mr. Podmore, for 
example, in favor of telepathy from living minds, and 
all hypotheses of hoaxing, exaggerative memory, mal- 
observation, and so forth — not to mention the popular 
nonsense about 'What is the use of it?' 'Why is it per- 
mitted?' and the rest of it. 'What is the use of argon?' 
'Why are cockroaches permitted?' 

"To end with a confession of opinion: I entirely 
agree with Mr. Myers and Hegel that we, or many of 
us, are in something, or that something is in us, which 
'does not know the bonds of time, or feel the manacles 
of space.' " 



196 HEALING CURRENTS. 

Sir William Crookes, the discoverer of Crookes' tubes, 
one of the ablest physicists in England, also says : "No 
incident in my scientific career is more widely known 
than the part I took many years ago in certain psychical 
researches. Thirty years have passed since I published 
an account of experiments tending to show that outside 
our scientific knowledge there exists a force exercised 
by intelligence differing from the ordinary intelligence 
common to mortals. To stop short in any research that 
bids fair to widen the gates of knowledge, to recoil from 
fear of difficulty or adverse criticism, is to bring re- 
proach on science. There is nothing for the investigator 
to do but go straight on, 'to explore up and down, inch 
by inch, with the taper of reason: to follow the light 
wherever it may lead, even should it at times resemble 
a will-o'-the-wisp.' " 

Dr. Cesare Lombroso, the physiologist and criminolo- 
gist, says : "There is a great probability now given us 
through psychical and spiritistic researches, that there 
is a continued existence of the, soul after death, pre- 
serving a weak identity, to which the persistent soul can 
add new life and growth from the surrounding media." 

Mr. Huxley, whose skeptical tendency no one will 
deny, says: "In my judgment, the actuality of this 
spiritual world — the value of the evidence for its ob- 
jective existence and its influence upon the course of 
things — are matters which lie as much within the prov- 
ince of science as any other question about the existence 
and powers of the various forms of living and conscious 
activity." 

Mr. Gladstone spoke of the work as the most impor- 
tant in the world, and Goldwin Smith, in an article in 
"The North American Review," spoke of the conclusion 
as affecting the whole social structure of society, as we 
can hardly expect man to live under the idea of human 
brotherhood without a belief in immortality. 

Of course no such conclusion can be forecast as as- 
suredly the result of inquiry ; for science never can 
promise any particular outcome for its investigations. 
It must be satisfied with any result, secure in the con- 



HEALING CURRENTS. 197 

viction that any truth that it reveals, affirmative or neg- 
ative, will be useful. On the question of a future life 
any verdict will be important, as we cannot afford to 
reject the fact if it is true, and neither can we afford 
to believe it if it is false. On any alternative we are 
bound to investigate. 

What astonishes one most is the readiness of men 
to devote immense sums of money to the study of man's 
origin, and not a cent to that of his destiny. Why it 
can be so glorious to find his ancestry in the apes, and, 
after admitting that evolution stands for progress, to 
sneer at the inquiry for a future which might represent 
that progress in an ideal form, passes understanding. 
But men will spend millions in deep-sea dredging for 
some unknown fish or seaweed ; for North Pole expedi- 
tions with no outcome for science having any proportion 
to the amount expended ; for yacht races and the whole 
world of sports ; and even our universities will spend 
immense sums for athletics, but not a cent for investi- 
gations into the problem of immortality. Not long ago 
a serious metropolitan newspaper solemnly proposed the 
sum of twenty-five million dollars for the purpose of 
digging a well twelve miles deep into the earth just to 
satisfy the curiosity of the geologist in regard to the 
strata of the earth's crust. 

The people that do this without any sense of humor 
meet every proposal to satisfy the deepest religious and 
moral craving of mankind, itself fraught with the social 
destinies of civilization, with shouts of ridicule. Is it 
any wonder that some of us have so little respect for 
human nature when its apparently most respectable and 
intelligent forms are fit only for the madhouse? But 
it is this class that imposes the madness on the would-be 
investigator. 

The time has come, however, when those who are in- 
terested must have the courage to organize and see that 
the work can be done without the co-operation of Phil- 
istines, if they will not do the work which is so impera- 
tive, no matter what the outcome. It is with this in 
view, and also with the view of investigating the whole 



198 HEALING CURRENTS. 

field of abnormal psychology, that the American Insti- 
tute of Scientific Research has been incorporated. 

There is no escape from the study of both - super- 
normal and abnormal psychology, and the two also 
must be studied with reference to the light which they 
will throw upon each other. They usually have been 
kept separate; but although there are points in which 
they are radically distinct, there also are points in which 
they interpenetrate, and the whole wide field must be 
made to yield to scientific inquiry. The phenomena are 
comparatively sporadic, and hence require centralized 
effort to deal with them successfully and intelligently. 

gp - l? - I? 

A SPIRIT MESSAGE. 

"My love for all is stronger than ever before. I am 
not in a far-off or remote kingdom. I strive often to 
be near, although there are obstacles in my pathway. 
My love for all is strong and full of tenderness. I 
feel that if I could only clasp all in my arms it would 
bring me great joy. For what was to me quite a long 
time, I seemed to be living in the embrace of a con- 
suming heat. I was told it was caused from earthy 
conditions which I had brought with me to this clime. 
It is better now. Through the ministrations of those 
bright beings whose great kindness to me finally became 
a source of freedom, I learned to let my soul be still, 
that it might get a gleam of the glorious sunshine of 
His Presence. In many ways I have been greatly 
blessed, for the dear spiritual teachers have many times 
carried me to a lovely flowery dell where a murmuring 
brooklet sings its music to the soul. They have laid 
me down to rest in this beautiful place at those seasons 
when they knew that the time was ripe that I might 
receive from the rays of the beneficent Presence of the 
Christ, although He appeared some distance from the 
spot where I was resting. As His Presence passed by 
the wondrous rays of the magical healing power per- 
meated the bodies of all those who were resting there. 



HEALING CURRENTS. 199 

It seemed to flow over us like streams of liquid light, 
and our souls grew stronger as we realized the adora- 
tion born within us, the great and wonderful love that 
springs into birth, and the reverence for this mighty, 
supreme power. Blessed be all souls in heaven, and 
blessed be all souls on earth. Blessed be all that are 
existing in spiritual or material form, be they great or 
small, be they high or low. That mighty magical love 
enfolds them all. Come, all ye that are weary and taste 
of the love of the Lamb of God ; come where streams of 
mercy without ceasing form for all a place of rest. 

To all that are bound to me by the ties of flesh, I 
give my dearest love. To the pure soul who was the 
monitor of each and every one of us, I give that love 
which is reverential. She, the dear one, through the 
ministration which has been given, praise God, is sur- 
rounded by the emanations of the Holy Spirit, that the 
pathway may be made clear and bright, that the peace 
of God shall restore her soul, that the love of Jesus 
Christ may find an abiding place within her heart. Love, 
love, love for you all, my blessed ones, until we meet 
again. We do not die! It is only a breaking of the 
shell, and we rise to realms of glory. Perhaps for a 
time, while we are outgrowing our earthly conditions, 
we do not see the benefit of the change, but if we hold 
our souls in peace and strong desire, the love of God will 
come, which brings to us a glorious freedom. Dear, 
sweet ones all, remember me, but above all remember 
the Lord thy God. 



These words of Louis R. Miiller, whose picture shows 
him to have attained a splendid physical development, 
coupled with the statements of Eugene Sandow, one 
of the strongest men in the world, are interesting con- 
firmatory evidence of what I have written on the same 
subject. 

Diet is of great importance. Each temperament fur- 
nishes a different problem in regard to proper diet. Each 



200 HEALING CURRENTS. 

one will learn by experiment the proper foods adapted to 
his temperament. It is a question of supplying the right 
chemical elements to rebuild the body. Or to put it in 
metaphysical terms, each one must discover what mental 
elements formed from the Mind of Nature will best serve 
as food for the mind in the body. That the quality of 
food affects the health and the state of mind and char- 
acter cannot be disputed. Too much food clogs the 
system and is the physical cause for colds and fevers. 
The mental cause I have given. It must not be forgot- 
ten that while the mind has a most powerful effect on 
the body, the state of the body also reacts upon and 
affects the mind. The most common error is too eat 
too much at meals and to drink too little between meals. 
Water that will coat the teakettle with lime and other 
mineral elements will, in like manner, coat the veins and 
stiffen the joints, causing the hardening of the tissues 
manifest in old age. Pure distilled water is the best 
blood purifier known. Copiously partaking of it 
will wash the impurities from the tissues and supply a 
perfect basis for every fluid element in the body. 

Those who have read "The Life of the Bee," by Mau- 
rice Maeterlinck, will agree with me in the belief that 
the Intelligence of God is expressing even in the tiny 
forms of life. There can hardly be a doubt that their 
lktle organisms are sensitive to thought impressions, as 
the example of telepathy between the female and male 
moth illustrates. In fact, every degree of life has its 
sensitives, psychics or mediums, from ,the particle of 
radium that acts as a door through which flows an un- 
ceasing stream of force to the soul-organism of the 
Christ that opens a Way through which the love of God 
radiates in a perpetual benediction to humanity. 



HEALING CURRENTS. 201 



CONCENTRATION OF MIND. 

"So far as heredity is concerned I had nothing to be 
especially thankful for, since while still a mere lad my 
father's friend advised him to direct my studies toward 
the ministry, as he explained, 'Your son will be hardly fit 
for any more strenuous occupation.' Later our family 
physician in Konigsberg, near the Russian frontier, told 
my father that if he would not take me to Italy for the 
winter I would never survive it, such a weakling I was 
as a child. Well, I went to Italy, and there my eyes 
were opened. The Greek and Roman statues I saw there 
inspired me to lift from myself the stigma of weakness, 
for I felt somehow that even in our time the weak man 
is despised. I went at the labor of revitalization with 
energy and persistence. You perceive I have somewhat 
succeeded, and let me tell you I am still at it. I maintain 
that it is possible for a man to emulate my example, even 
as I emulated that of the Greeks and Romans of old. 

"It is the mind — all a matter of the mind. The mus- 
cles really have a secondary place. If you lift a pair 
of dumb-bells a hundred times a day with your fixed 
attention on some obj ect away over in Cambridge, it will 
do you very little good. If, however, you concentrate 
your mind upon a single muscle or set of muscles for 
three minutes each day, and say, 'Do thus and so,' and 
they respond, there will be immediate development. The 
more you waste the more you make. A man with strong 
concentration of mind will develop quicker in the quality 
of his muscles than he who cannot concentrate his mind 
upon the matter. The whole secret of my system lies 
in the knowledge of human anatomy — in knowing just 
where one is weak, and going straight to work bringing 
that part up to the standard of one's best feature — for 
there is a best feature in every man, as there is also a 



202 HEALING CURRENTS. 

worst. The secret is to 'know thyself/ as Pope says, 
and, knowing one's weakness, to concentrate the mind 
and energies upon that weakness with a view to correct- 
ing it." Eugene Sandow. 

1&fr f£& t£& 

THOUGHT FORCE AS A FACTOR IN MUSCU- 
LAR DEVELOPMENT. 

In the development of a more perfect physique there 
are quite a number of things to take into consideration. 
A great many enthusiastic beginners think that the word 
"exercise" covers the whole field. So it does, but not 
bodily exercise. Exercise of the functions of the brain 
is equally if not more important. Concentrating the 
thought force along certain lines gives us a controlling 
power to overcome unhygienic habits that tend to retard 
the growth of muscular tissue. Mere bodily exercise, 
even if performed at haphazard, will in time produce 
some good results. Tissue-building is a natural conse- 
quence of following certain well-defined laws. In order 
to obtain the most rapid development we must make a 
scientific study of those laws. 

We must exercise the muscles, use proper diet at the 
proper time, be thoroughly hygienic in our habits — and 
when I say hygienic I mean it in a broad sense. One 
must abstain from tobacco and liquor in every form, and 
allow himself enough time for sleep. His moral habits 
must be above reproach. All these things tend to put 
the mind in condition, that we may gain the power of 
concentration, and concentration of the mind is the fun- 
damental law that governs the growth of tissue. 

It is no theory, but a well-defined law, that the more 
we concentrate, the better our results. We must know 
the muscles we wish to develop, and by concentrating 
all our thought force in their direction, the dead cells 
are more quickly removed, and new ones added in greater 
quantities, owing to the increased nervous activity of 
the parts. We must practice concentration of the mind 



HEALING CURRENTS. 203 

in its highest degree, hand in hand with physical exer- 
cise, if we wish to obtain the most perfect results. 

Diet has a great deal to do with our power of concen- 
tration. Concentration in a greater or less degree is the 
cause of all muscular development. It is unconscious in 
some, but it can be developed in all. It is the most im- 
portant part in scientific physical culture. To be able to 
focus all one's energy on a certain muscle, and to accom- 
plish this with ease, is a faculty well worth developing. 
One can almost seem to see a muscle grow. I would ad- 
vise one who is ambitious to try this for awhile, to see 
how quickly he will notice the improvement. First, 
cultivate proper habits of diet, hygiene, and purity of 
thought ; then try exercising one muscle at a time, till it 
is thoroughly tired, concentrating all your thought on 
that one muscle. Let your mind be perfectly passive, 
and for the time being hold to the thought of the one 
muscle you wish to develop. 

Louis R. Muller. 

& sf & 

THOUGHT AFFECTS BLOOD CURRENT. 

A startling scientific confirmation of mental causation 
as primary has recently attracted much attention. In 
the Yale University gymnasium, under direction of Dr. 
W. G. Anderson, there is a very delicate machine called 
the "muscle-bed/' When adjusted, a subject lying upon 
it may remain motionless so long as utter indifference 
and passivity of mind continues. But a serious problem 
causes a rush of blood to the head which tips the head 
in that direction. The mere imagination of an active 
exercise of the lower limbs causes the opposite inclina- 
tion. The utter responsiveness of the body is proved 
by numerous experiments. If such scientific accuracy 
shows that a little temporary thing can send a rush of 
warm nourishing blood to a definite organ or extremity, 
what should not be the logical possibilities of cultivated, 
systematic and concentrative thought power? Science 



204 HEALING CURRENTS. 

and religion are really but differing sides of the great 
unit of truth. — Henry Wood. 

tiJ*' C^* «5* 

DOES THOUGHT ATTRACT SUCCESS? 

I say, YES. I have tried it successfully. First, I ex- 
amined myself to find my own lack of power, then 
firmly resolved to change my every thought, act, motive 
and efforts to accomplish a new task desired. 

I started new business more congenial to my tastes, and 
placed my own thoughts WHOLLY on the one purpose 
of my success. I cultivated strict adherence to truth, 
honest dealing, courage of convictions, evenness of tem- 
per, patience and perseverance ; never doubting final vic- 
tory, following always my inner consciousness created 
by thought, and fully impressed these things on those 
I desired to attract and bring to my way of thinking; 
then pressed them firmly, but kindly, into action. This 
became a business force that attracted people and brought 
me success. 

In short, I first convinced myself, by concentrated 
thought, of my fitness for a given calling. I held strictly 
to this thought and made it my "polar star," never en- 
tertaining a doubt as to the result. 

I never arouse antagonism in others, keep sweet, self- 
poised, act the part of master of my calling, always pos- 
itive in assertion of statements, disprove negatives of 
others, and victory has come to me. — Calvin E. Keach, 
Troy, N. Y. 

*£* 07* ^* 

TELEPATHY IN INSECT LIFE. 

Not only the unworthy sluggard might observe the 
ant and other insects and profit thereby. Science each 
day adds to the wonders which these little creatures are 
capable of and puts human creatures to shame. 



HEALING CURRENTS. 205 

This time it is a sixth sense which a noted scientist 
has discovered many insects to be fortunate enough to 
possess. At least they are able to communicate with 
one another at great distances. 

This professor had two ailanthus trees in his yard 
and these suggested the idea to him of obtaining from 
Japan some eggs of the ailanthus silk worm. He got a 
few, hatched the larvae and watched anxiously for the 
appearance of the first moths from the cocoons. He 
put one of the moths in a wicker cage and hung it on 
one of the ailanthus trees. This was a female moth. 

On the same evening he took a male moth to a ceme- 
tery, a mile and a half away, and let him loose, having 
previously marked him by tying a silken cord about his 
abdomen, so as to be able to identify him. The idea was 
to find out if the two moths would come together for the 
purpose of mating, these two being the only ones of their 
species within a distance of a hundred miles. In the 
morning the two moths were found to be in the same 
cage, the female having been able to attract her mate 
from a distance of a mile and a half. — Searchlight. 



The letter from Mrs. Washburn to Bishop Fallows 
contains a very valuable lesson in the use of suggestion. 
It opens to mothers a new field of influence, showing 
how children may be healed by suggestion during sleep. 
Suggestions tending to correct bad habits and strengthen 
the character may be made in the same way. Wonderful 
possibilities in child culture are contained in this method 
of suggestion. 

In the case of John Martin the faith of Miss Churchill 
was the medium through which the healing Spirit acted. 
A very important factor was the magnetic touch of the 
healer, through which the magnetic life of the same 
quality as her faith was imparted to supply the deficient 
nerve force in his eyes. She gave him magnetic as well 



206 HEALING CURRENTS. 

as thought force. Many patients and healers would have 
become discouraged and discontinued treatments months 
before there could have been any results. So this case 
is a lesson in the value of time in the growth of new 
conditions. 

Some one of Mrs. Carse's many friends sounded the 
spiritual keynote that set her body to vibrating to the 
tone of perfection. I have chosen these varied exam- 
ples of healing as representing the many ways through 
which spiritual healing may be brought about. The 
"bath of fire''* was a spiritual sensation caused by the 
influx of the warm vitality from the spirit spheres. 
Cases of healing like that of Mrs. Reeves cannot be ex- 
plained by the law of suggestion. The ministering 
spirits of the Almighty bring to bear the life and sub- 
stance of a diviner state, an essence so powerful that it 
transforms physical substance subject to its perfect law 
and accomplishes results that could only be wrought in 
years by the slower process of physical growth. The 
Holy Spirit, which is the Love of God, acts through the 
agency and organism of spirit and human forms when- 
ever suffering mortals consciously or unconsciously fulfill , 
the conditions. This is very wonderfully illustrated by 
the healing of Miss Cunnea. Her faith and devotion 
had moved the heart of God and drawn to her the 
invisible angelic power, but there was something lacking. 
A mediumistic organism properly attuned to that higher 
and more potent realm of force was needed and not 
until the sister who possessed such an organism touched 
her and completed the chain of magnetic and mental 
conditions was the law fulfilled and the power of heaven 
enabled to come into manifestation. God works through 
divinely natural laws. He shows His impartial love to 
every creed and race. Those who fulfill the magnetic, 



HEALING CURRENTS. 207 

mental and soul laws of being enter into the realization 
of His mercy. Let us be meek and open minded and 
receive without prejudice the knowledge of truth 
wherever it may be found, thereby great good will come 
to us and we shall find the wisdom of Love. 

?(7* &5* i&* 

A REMARKABLE CURE BY SUGGESTION. 

A NEWSPAPER ACCOUNT. 

Elkhart, Ind., November 26. — (Special) — A mother's 
devotion, supplemented by earnest prayer, has accom- 
plished in this city what all the learning of some of the 
most noted specialists of the country had failed to do, 
and a child, given up as incurable and apparently doomed 
to sink into imbecility, is now well and strong, mentally 
and physically. The woman who has performed the re- 
markable cure is Mrs. Marion Foster Washburn, the 
wife of a prominent Elkhart physician, a member of the 
State Federation of Women's Clubs, and once the corres- 
ponding secretary and afterward the president of that 
organization. The child whom she has restored to men- 
tal and physical strength is her six-year-old son. 

Mrs. Washburn is not a Christian Scientist, though 
she is a firm believer in the efficacy of prayer. But in the 
case of her son she prayed not for his cure so much as 
for a way by which he could be treated successfully. 
When Chicago specialists, who examined the child, said 
that he was past medical aid and would degenerate into 
imbecility, she did not lose heart. She said that she 
believed there was a way to reach his trouble and she 
prayed to be directed to this way. Her husband's li- 
brary, one of the most complete in Elkhart, was resorted 
to every day, but all works on the subject ended with 
the same conclusion, and that was in accord with the 
verdict of the specialists who had been so freely con- 
sulted. The child had fallen down stairs several years 
ago and had received an injury to the skull at the base 
of the brain. An operation, she was told, would be cer- 



208 HEALING CURRENTS. 

tain death, and life promised nothing but suffering and 
gradual degeneracy of mind and body. As a result of 
the fall the child became paralyzed on the left side and 
I could walk but a few steps without falling. 

LETTER FROM MRS. WASHBURN. 

Elkhart, Ind., December 5, 1904. 
Dear Sir : — The enclosed copy of a letter sent Bishop 
Fallows in regard to the treatment of our son by sugges- 
tions explains the case quite fully. 

Yours very truly, 

Marion Foster Washburn. 

statement by mrs. washburn. 

Elkhart, Ind., November 23, 1904. 

My Dear Bishop Fallows : — I hardly know how to tell 
you about John's cure, it is such a long story. The 
newspaper account was far from accurate. The whole 
thing took place over three years ago, but I suppose 
the fact that John has stayed well so long, and not only 
stayed well but got quite appallingly strong, is only 
added proof to the thoroughness of the cure. 

He was hurt by falling downstairs and striking the 
base of his brain when he was only three years old. He 
was paralyzed on one side — the left — so that he could 
only walk a few steps without falling. His left eye rolled 
in under his nose. His tongue and throat were paralyzed 
so that his speech was very thick, and swallowing so 
difficult that it often produced vomiting. We suppose 
that a blood clot was formed and pressed upon the pneu- 
mogastric center in the brain, because he had a terrible 
cough, like whooping cough, often protracted until he 
vomited blood or blood spurted from his nose. His 
breathing was bad at all times — that is, irregular and 
difficult, but very much worse at night when it was ster- 
torous, like that of a person in apoplexy. It could be 
heard down two flights of stairs. At night, also, his 
throat had a trick of contracting spasmodically after 
every third or fourth breath, and then he would struggle 
frightfully for air. 



HEALING CURRENTS. 209 

As the newspaper account says, we called in the best 
counsel obtainable. We had Drs. Billings, Brower, Ly- 
man, King, Patrick and others, including oculists like 
Allport and Fuller. All of them — except Dr. Fuller, 
who saw him after he was on the road to recovery — said 
he could not live a year. Some called it tuberculosis of 
the brain ; others a brain tumor, but all said he must die. 
My own father prognosed a spread of the difficulty, 
brought about by the enlargement of the tumor or clot, 
which was evidently involving greater and greater areas. 
In that case I had to expect blindness, deafness and 
finally feeble-mindedness and death. 

One night, in utter despair, after helping the poor boy 
to fight for his breath hour after hour, I just prayed the 
Lord hard that John might die; the torture was too 
terrible. I suppose the dear Lord knew what I meant, 
that I wanted relief for the child so intensely that I 
was willing to give him up that he might find rest ; and 
so He answered what I meant instead of what I said. 
For immediately after praying I fell into a deep sleep — 
even John must have slept, for I was not roused, and 
his slightest stir always roused me. And when I awa- 
kened in the morning the whole plan of treatment was 
clear as crystal in my mind. The elements of the idea 
had been there all the time, because I had read with my 
husband, and had seen him do wonderful things with 
suggestion. But the notion of applying it to a case of 
mechanical injury to the brain, like John's, had never 
occurred to either of us. Now, however, I remember 
an article by Prof. Elmer Gates, who said that under 
suggestion he had known sound brain and nerve cells 
to move over and take the place of injured ones. 

I began with John's breathing, because that distressed 
him the most, and threatened many times a night to end 
his life by suffocation. So I made him look at a silver 
dollar, so held that it reflected the light of a candle 
straight into his eyes. Then I kept repeating: "Now 
you are going to sleep, but no matter how sound asleep 
you are, you will hear mamma and do as she tells you." 



210 HEALING CURRENTS. 

This was when he went to sleep at night. During the 
day I had explained to him that he had two brains, an 
upper and a lower, but the lower one was sick, but the 
upper one was all right, and that I was going to teach 
the upper side to take care of the lower one while he 
was asleep just as I took care of him while he slept. 
He agreed heartily and was eager for the new perform- 
ance. 

Well, he soon went to sleep, of course, and then I put 
my mouth to his ear and ordered him to breathe just as 
I breathed. When he got out of time with me, I roused 
him by tapping him sharply on the shoulder. 

"You are forgetting," I said, sternly. "You are to 
mind mamma, no matter how sound asleep you are. 
Breathe now." 

He was not used to sharp speech, and sometimes he 
would murmur: 

"Are you speaking cross to me, mamma?" 

"No, dear," I would answer. "Not to you, just to 
your brain." 

Sometimes he would slip from my control and I have 
had to dash water in his face to rouse him, and then use 
my silver dollar and put him to sleep all over again. It 
seemed to be just natural sleep, sometimes very pro- 
found, but just sleep, with fixed attention. He was never 
cataleptic at these times, though once, in the day time, 
I induced this state. But I did not want it. My idea 
was to utilize natural sleep, to keep everything as near 
the normal as possible. As you see, I discontinued the 
treatment, simple as it was, as soon as I could with 
safety and comfort. Along the line of that attention I 
believed the nervous energy flowed, and where it went 
cell growth and proliferation were increased and new 
tissues built. 

From eight at night till two in the morning — at which 
hour he always grew quieter — I regulated his breathing 
like this, kneeling beside him, my mouth at his ear. I 
kept this up for two months. At the end of that time he 
was so far cured as to be perfectly comfortable, though 
his left side was still weaker than his right, his eyes 



HEALING CURRENTS. 211 

were a little crossed, and he still had spells of terrible 
headache, relieved by a nose-bleed. From that on 
we just built up his general health with no more special 
treatments, and our moving here into the country finished 
up the cure. Now at ten years of age he is as strong as 
a young ox on both sides, and weighs 118 pounds. His 
eyes are perfectly straight, but he wears glasses for 
school-work, as the oculist says his eyes did not develop 
during the time he was so ill — nearly three years alto- 
gether — but that he will catch up by the time he is 
grown and have as good eyes as any one. As for his 
mind he is unusually bright and competent. But then he 
always had a superior brain. That is why I could man- 
age him so well. 

You say you are much interested in all forms of mental 
cure. Are you writing a book on the subject? Perhaps 
you would be interested in one or two papers of Dr. 
Washburne's in which he takes up these forms of treat- 
ment? If so, I am sure he would gladly lend them to 
you. He is on a case in a neighboring town just now, 
so I cannot ask him. 

My love to Mrs. Fallows, and believe me faithfully 
yours, Marion Foster Washburne. 

COMMENT BY THE EDITOR OF SUGGESTION MAGAZINE. 

It is hardly necessary to comment on the above. Un- 
questionably the cure was due to an intelligent use of 
suggestive therapeutics, and the account is remarkable 
because the most ardent advocates of psychic healing 
would not consider the case as one in which suggestion 
would be entirely efficacious. It will be noted that the 
husband of Mrs. Washburn, who is versed in the uses 
of suggestion, did not consider the case as one which 
could be reached by mental influences and incidentally 
the narrative also shows the value (?) of expert testi- 
mony. 

Truly, we little know the power of mind, or the far- 
reaching effects of suggestion when intelligently and 
persistently used. If you have a friend who is skeptical 
concerning the value of suggestion as a healing agent, 



212 HEALING CURRENTS. 

let him read this account. In all the voluminous 
literature relating to mental therapeutics, there can be 
found no stronger testimony that that given in Mrs. 
Washburn's account. 

t&* KG* *&* 

SIGHT RESTORED AFTER BEING BLIND FOUR- 
TEEN YEARS. 

New York, January 26, 1905. — Sight has been restored 
to the blind eyes of John F. Martin, who for fourteen 
years could not even distinguish light from darkness. 

Martin says his sight was restored to him by a miracle 
through the agency of a woman, Miss L. A. Churchill, 
and Miss Churchill says it was the divine spirit working 
through her. 

This much is certain, that Martin can see so well that 
he is employed at difficult and dangerous work in a 
bookbinding and printing establishment, goes about the 
busiest streets day and night unaided by companion or 
walking stick, and without the aid of glasses reads me- 
dium sized type, distinguishes and names correctly the 
colors in a many colored carpet, writes a letter rapidly 
and in a good hand, and can tell the time by a watch. 

Martin is the man who was hired as a substitute by 
the late Charles Broadway Rouss, the blind millionaire, 
to take all the treatments offered when he made his fa- 
mous offer of $1,000,000 to any one who should cure 
him of his blindness. 

In this capacity of substitute Martin went through 
ordeals sufficient in themselves to have killed an ordi- 
nary man, and in the hands of quacks and humbugs his 
poor sightless eyes were so maltreated as to make it 
marvelous that anything but empty sockets remain. 

And the irony of it is that Rouss, the millionaire who 
hired the poor, penniless Martin to> undergo the useless 
tortures he shrank from, died as blind as a bat, while 
Martin, his vision restored, still shudders when he recalls 
the fourteen years of darkness and suffering, but is so 
happy that at times he cannot express his joy in words. 



HEALING CURRENTS. 213 

"I don't know, I can't understand," he said the other 
day. "I only know I am the happiest man in New York. 
I can see again; I am a man again, living, working, 
seeing after fourteen horrible years of darkness. Is it 
a miracle? I don't know. One of the specialists to 
whom I went said to me : 'Martin, only a miracle can 
restore your sight !' Then this must be a miracle." 

A reporter last night met Martin at the home of Miss 
Churchill by appointment. It was 7 130 o'clock and quite 
dark, as no street lamp is near the house. As the re- 
porter waited after ringing the bell a quick, alert step 
was heard coming down the street, and the next moment 
a man bounded lightly up the brownstone steps without 
pause or hesitation. 

The man was John Martin, who for fourteen years 
was led around the streets or groped his way about by 
the aid of a cane. 

When they were introduced a few moments later by 
Miss Churchill and the reporter expressed some surprise 
at the wonderful activity of a supposed blind man, Mar- 
tin exclaimed: 

"Blind once, yes, but blind no longer, thank God !" 

Nobody to look at him would dream that he had ever 
been blind. His eyes are big and brown, and except 
for the right eye they are just like those of a person 
who had never known anything but the most perfect 
vision. In looking directly at you the right eye gives 
the impression of not being in perfect line of vision. 

To illustrate how good his eyesight is Martin cor- 
rectly told the time by a clock, the face of which is no 
larger than a silver dollar, named small objects in the 
room, read the headlines in a copy of the World, and 
wrote a letter with a precision of line and character that 
would have been creditable to an experienced penman. 

"There is no need for me to tell you what I was," 
he said. "The whole world knows through the news- 
papers of my condition — when I was a substitute for 
Mr. Rouss. Now I am employed in a big printing 
house and bookbindery downtown. It is in a busy part, 
too, and you have to be pretty lively in getting around. 



214 HEALING CURRENTS. 

Why, I can jump aboard a moving trolley car as easily 
as you can. 

"I am now running what they call a 'masher' in the 
bookbinding department. This is a machine run by 
steam into which the books and magazines are placed 
after they have been sewn together. You know they 
have to be stamped good and hard to get them solid and 
compact. Well, you have to keep your eyes open and 
be pretty alert, for if you leave your hand in there a 
second too long down comes the smasher and smash go 
your fingers. 

"I can do anything that anybody else can except read 
fine print, and I can do that with glasses, but Miss 
Churchill won't let me wear them." 

"No," spoke up Miss Churchill, "I don't intend him 
to wear glasses. I don't consider him entirely cured, 
but I intend that he shall be. Mr. Martin is to have 
just as perfect eyesight as anybody else, so why should 
he wear glasses ? It would be like mistrusting the power 
that has done so much for him." 

When asked to tell of his sensations when he realized 
that his sight was being restored to him, Martin said : 

"I don't think I can do that. You see you have never 
been blind," he remarked with unconscious pathos. "No 
one who has never been blind can realize the condition 
of a blind man. You can't quite understand that he is 
in total darkness and all the misery of it. Now, strangely 
enough, about all I can think of is the happiness I feel 
at being able to see again. 

"When Miss Churchill took hold of me I was hope- 
less. Like Mr. Rouss, I expected to end my days in 
darkness. You know I had been pretty nearly killed 
by experiments. I had been in the hands of about 1,000 
different people. Nikola Tesla had sent 100,000 volts of 
electricity into me, my eyeballs had been taken out and 
scraped, the muscles of my eyes had been cut, instru- 
ments containing scores of needles that had pierced to 
the bone had been used on me. Another man had forced 
me to take a dose of medicine every five minutes for 
days, and Christian Scientists by the hundreds had 



HEALING CURRENTS. 215 

treated me. I guess there was nothing that could be 
done to a man, except kill him outright, that had not 
been done to me." 

"Did you have any faith in Miss Churchill ?" 

"How could I ? I had no faith in any power on earth. 
That's why the whole thing seems a miracle to me. I 
can't explain it. I had no particular sensation beyond 
a slight tickling of the eyes when she rubbed them and 
a general sleepy feeling. I guess I slept a good deal. 

"I commenced to get better and better. First I could 
see big moving objects and then got to see people pass- 
ing on the other side of the street. Then I could see 
smaller things. Why, I surprised Miss Churchill one 
day when I pointed out to her the figure of a man in 
that picture on the wall. She had never noticed it 
herself." 

"That's quite true," spoke up Miss Churchill. 

"I don't pretend to know where Miss Churchill gets 
her power," continued Martin. "I have studied it over 
a good deal, and I guess her idea is that the more she 
tries to make her life as Christ would have us live and 
the more she succeeds the greater power she gets. Is 
that anything like it, Miss Churchill?" 

"You have a very good idea of it, Martin," said Miss 
Churchill, gently. 

"It was in April, 1896, that I heard of Mr. Rouss' 
offer," continued Martin, "and I went to him and told 
him that I was suffering like him from atrophy of the 
optic nerve and was poor, and would be willing to try 
the cures brought out by his offer of $1,000,000 if he 
would pay the expenses. He took up my offer and then 
my suffering commenced. 

"I don't want to blame him now, but I don't think he 
treated me squarely after all I went through. I don't 
think all he gave me would average more than $3 or 
$4 a month. But I guess I've got the better of it. All 
his millions could not give him his sight, and he died 
absolutely blind. Look at me. I am only earning about 
$8 a week, but I can see. I am a man again, as good 
as anyone, and will soon be earning more money. 



216 HEALING CURRENTS. 

"A lawyer began a suit for me some time ago for 
$100,000 against the Rouss estate, but I don't care if 
I never hear of it again. I've got my sight now." 

Miss Churchill is extremely opposed to notoriety. She 
is not a Mental Scientist nor a Christian Scientist, and 
belongs to no cult. At her earnest request her home 
address is withheld in order that she may be saved from 
annoyance. 

She is a woman of middle age, with a sweet, motherly 
face. She has her own ideas of the kind of life we 
should lead, and as nearly as possible she has lived up 
to her ideas. Great earnestness of purpose, combined 
with gentleness and simplicity, are marked characteristics. 

"I am in no sense a healer," she said. "I am a literary 
woman by profession and am dependent upon my literary 
work for a living. I have written several books which 
are widely circulated, and have been employed on various 
magazines. 

"That I am possessed of certain healing powers there 
can be no doubt, but I am merely the agent. It is the 
Divine Spirit that heals, and I am only the agent 
through which the Spirit works. I do not even like to 
discuss my doings in the newspapers, because people 
are so apt to misunderstand and so few really believe. 
I think that will best explain to you my theories of this 
life, and at the same time make clear to the public how 
I account for the restoration of John Martin's sight. 

"The world is full of Christians who go to church to 
worship God, and who profess to believe in the Bible. 
They believe in some of Christ's sayings and teachings. 
Then why should they not believe in them all? Christ 
healed the sick, the maimed, the halt, and the blind. 
And he said to his people: 'These things which I have 
done ye also shall do, and greater things, for I go to 
my Father.' 

"Is it not strange that we should believe Him in other 
things and not in this? I make no pretense of doing 
anything myself. Like Him, I say : Tt is my Father who 
doeth the work.' 



HEALING CURRENTS. 217 

"Now, as regards Martin, it should be understood 
that I did not take up his case until after Mr. Rouss had 
publicly withdrawn his offer of $1,000,000 to anyone 
who could cure his blindness. Martin himself was pen- 
niless, so it cannot be said that I was after money. I 
don't think it is being uncharitable to say that a majority 
of those who experimented on and tortured Martin were 
themselves blinded by the million dollars held out by 
Mr. Rouss. 

"I sought out Martin because I was told to. I knew 
that I was to cure him. And let me say here that, al- 
though I have cured many desperate cases — one of 
consumption and one of appendicitis — his is the first 
case I ever sought. And as I tell you, it was not of my 
own volition. I knew that I was to restore him his 
sight, so I sought him out." 

"Will you explain just how you treated him?" she 
was asked. 

"As nearly as I can I will. When I first undertook to 
treat him he was a physical wreck from the drugs he 
had taken and the many experiments practiced upon 
him. His stomach was practically ruined, and the only 
things he could retain were crackers and milk. So, first 
of all, I had to build up his stomach. This required time 
and was done in a practical, simple manner, without the 
use of a single drug. 

"This accomplished, I began manipulating his eye- 
balls. I doubt if he felt any effects of this manipulation 
beyond a drowsiness. In fact, he used to sleep most of 
the time he was here. This and prayer is all that I have 
employed. I am not a member of the Christian Science 
Church, but I have given Martin as much absent as 
present treatment. In fact, I believe as much can be 
done by absent treatment as by the other. 

"One reason for my success is that I never undertake 
a case unless I know that I can do good. Such success 
as I have had is because I only undertake such cases as 
the Divine Spirit wants and urges me to. Some persons 
I have cured I have never seen." 



218 HEALING CURRENTS. 

It must be understood that all this was said quietly 
and with deep earnestness and conviction. There was 
no claptrap about it, just the simple statement of a wo- 
man who thoroughly believes every word she says. 

Practically the whole world knows of John F. Martin 
and the strange bargain he made with Rouss, the blind 
millionaire, for his case has been discussed in daily news- 
papers and medical journals of almost every country. 
Famous oculists to whom the merchant applied when 
his eyesight began to leave him told him that nothing 
could be done. 

"It is merely a question of time when you will become 
totally blind/' they said. 

His optic nerve was slowly wasting away. 

The thought that, despite all his wealth, he was 
doomed in a short time to utter darkness preyed on 
Rouss' mind so that he became desperate. He cried out 
in anguish against his fate. Then came this remarkable 
offer, made through the daily newspapers : 

$1,000,000 Reward — To Physicians, Surgeons, 
scientists, wise men, and all others whom it may con- 
cern: Be it known that I, Charles Broadway Rouss, 
who possess considerable wealth, hereby agree to pay the 
sum of $1,000,000 to any human being who restores to 
me my sight. 

There could be but one result from sucn an astound- 
ing offer. Yet the sum would have been a paltry one to 
pay for the boon he wanted. From every quarter of 
the habitable globe came quacks, fakirs and charlatans, 
each with a sure cure for blindness, and each one anxious 
to try for the million. 

Thousands upon thousands of letters and tons of 
"curatives" poured in on Rouss. So enormous did the 
volume of work become that he was forced to appoint 
a force of clerks under the supervision of an old friend, 
A. J. Smith, to attend to it. 

Then came young Martin with his offer, almost as 
remarkable as the million dollar offer of Mr. Rouss. 

"I am totally blind from atrophy of the optic nerve — 
the same disease that is steadily making you blind," he 



HEALING CURRENTS. 219 

told Rouss. "What will cure me will cure you. You 
are worth millions and I am not worth a penny. You 
are a busy man and I have nothing to do. Let me take 
the treatments that are offered to you. If I am cured 
you are to pay the bill." 

"That's a fine idea/' replied Rouss. "You shall be 
my substitute, and you can start in right away. Here's 
this man Nikola Tesla, who wants to shoot 100,000 volts 
of electricity into me. It's liable to kill me, I am told. 
Now, of course, I would rather he kill you than me, so 
you go ahead if you are satisfied." 

And poor Martin, grasping for light, was satisfied, 
and did go ahead. He withstood the shock of 100,000 
volts of electricity without any particular harm to him- 
self, but without the slightest benefit. But this was only 
the beginning of months of the most awful suffering 
and torture that a human being ever was forced to 
undergo. 

He spent weeks in bed at his nome, sometimes taking 
as many as twenty different "cures" at one time. One 
man, a "friend," punctured his flesh to the bone with 
an instrument containing scores of steel needles until 
he had made 10,000 punctures. Then he rubbed the 
poor inflamed body with Croton oil. That it did not kill 
him is little short of marvelous. 

It must not be supposed that only quacks and charla- 
tans treated Martin. Some of the most famous oculists 
and physicians of the day have examined and treated him. 
without result. 

Among them are Dr. Cyrus Edson, Dr. David Orr 
Edson, Dr. William F. Mittendorf, Dr. F. M. Michael, 
Professor Knapp, and many others. 

c5* c^* <^* 

MRS. M. B. CARSE IS HEALED BY PRAYER. 

"It is prayer that has cured me. I would be a crippie 
to-day instead of a perfectly well woman had it not been 
for divine power. Hundreds of prayers have gone up 



220 HEALING CURRENTS. 

from my friends in every state from the Atlantic to the 
Pacific, and God has heard and answered. Faith is 
everything." 

In these words Mrs. Matilda B. Carse, president of 
the Woman's Temple board of Chicago, in answering 
the amazed friends and interested physicians who know 
of the accident which befell her last February, when 
she broke her hip by a severe fall on the icy street near 
her Sheridan Park home. 

Mrs. Carse returned two days ago from her brother's 
home at Riverdale on the Hudson, New York, where she 
went last May to recuperate from her injuries. She is 
entirely recovered and walks without the slightest limp. 
She left Chicago on crutches in May and had to be 
carried to and from her train. 

"My case is considered miraculous by physicians," said 
Mrs. Carse to-day. "Surgeons in New York and Chi- 
cago agree that my perfect restoration is marvelous. At 
the time I was injured the Chicago surgeons who treated 
me declared it would be impossible for me to ever walk 
without limping. When the broken hip was set I was 
told that there would be a shrinking of an inch— or at 
the very least half an inch — in the length of my limb. 
I told the surgeons that I would never have to submit to 
being lame, because God had a work for me to do. 'God 
will save me from such a fate/ I repeated day after day, 
'because I have His great work to do/ " 

"What method of healing did you employ?" was 
asked. "Was it faith cure?" 

"It was prayer cure," she replied promptly. "I prayed 
and my friends prayed — all the W. C. T. U. women 
from coast to coast united in petitioning God to make 
me perfectly well, and He did. See, I can walk as 
straight as anyone." 

Mrs. Carse swept across the floor with shoulders 
erect, every step firm and elastic. She looked the pic- 
ture of health. 

"I feel that while I had a good surgeon it was prayer 
that made my exceptional recovery possible," she said. 



HEALING CURRENTS. 221 

"While I was resting at my brother's home on the 
Hudson this summer I held the thought continually that 
God would cure me entirely — that there would never be 
the slightest limp in my walk. The prediction of sur- 
geons had no weight whatever beside the assurance that 
God would restore me to carry on the work he had de- 
signed for me." 

"When did you give up your crutches?" 
"In June — very soon after I went to New York. 
Since then I steadily grew better. My surgeon had 
told me that even if my limb did not show the difference 
in length at first it would surely do so later. But even 
this I refused to believe. And now I am completely 
well." 

Mrs. Carse's home at 1920 Magnolia avenue was filled 
with friends to-day who gave thanks for her recovery. — . 
Dated October 7, 1904. — Chicago American. 

^* c5* ^* 

HEALTH RESTORED BY BATH OF FIRE. 

Des Moines, la., January 21, 1905. — Bathed in a flams 
of fire, which she claims swept down from heaven and en* 
veloped her body, Mrs. H. J. Reeves of this city has 
been restored to youth and healthfulness from a woman 
of 62 years, who had been crippled in body and limb 
for years. 

The marvelous transformation came through the aid 
of no person claiming to have divine healing power, but 
in the midst of a religious meeting at a mission house in 
the poorer district of the city. At the time of the man- 
ifestation Mrs. Scott M. Ladd, wife of a member of 
the Iowa Supreme Bench, was speaking, having gone 
to the mission at the request of church workers to aid 
in the services. Mrs. Ladd is a Methodist and belongs 
to no society which teaches divine healing, but in an 
interview she admits the story and believes it was a re- 
markable demonstration of God's power to these poor 
people. 



222 HEALING CURRENTS. 

"For years," said Mrs. Reeves, "I had suffered in- 
tensely. My legs have been so crippled that I could not 
arise alone from my bed and only with pain could I 
drag about the house. My fingers were crooked so I 
could neither open nor close them. The palms of my 
hands had not been touched for years. The flesh of 
my body was so sore that to touch it caused me to 
scream in pain. I have taken all kinds of medicine 
without securing relief and a few months ago I threw 
them all away. I have prayed night and day for deliv- 
erance from my suffering. 

"I felt a peculiar sensation all day. In the services 
at the mission I was intensely interested in the true 
words of the good woman who spoke. In the very 
midst of the services a thrill ran through my body. 
My eyes were blinded by a shaft of fire which seemed 
to shoot down from above and enveloped my body. The 
feeling was one of exultation and delight. I felt de- 
livered as though shackles had been shaken from my 
body. Forgetful of my infirmities I jumped to my feet 
in delight and cried aloud 'Hallelujah V I clapped my 
hands and found the palms touched. My fingers had 
limbered and all pain gone from my body. To-day I 
am perfectly well and feel as though 20 years had been 
lifted from me." 

Mrs. Reeves lives in an humble little cottage. Her 
time-worn Bible shows that she has faith. Its leaves 
are black by constant turning, many torn from their 
binding. The woman is not a religious fanatic, but one 
with good judgment. She has the strongest faith in 
her Bible and believes the miracle which has cured her 
is as wonderful as that performed by Christ in His day. 

The mission was started some months ago by J. H. 
Brodie, a well-known wallpaper salesman in Des Moines. 
One of Mrs. Reeves' sons is a mail carrier. Great ex- 
citement has been caused in South Des Moines by the 
incident, and many there are who claim the miracle was 
sent as a rebuke to the aristocratic religious people of 
the city; that it was to prove God visits the poor and 
deserted people who worship in an humble but acceptable 



HEALING CURRENTS. 223 

way in a little room without pipe organ, without rich 
furnishings and tall steeples. The mission congregation 
is composed principally of Christians, Methodists, Pres- 
byterians and Free Methodists. 

&5* &5* t5* 

MANY HELPLESS FROM INFIRMITIES RE- 
STORED AT ST. JOSEPH'S CHURCH. 

That the days of miracles are not past and that even 
in this workaday world and generation there is an 
abundance of the faith that moves mountains have had 
abundant proof during the last few days in St. Joseph's 
Catholic Church, Thirty-eighth street and California 
avenue. 

There, before the Grotto of St. Anne, in which a sa- 
cred relic of the mother of the Blessed Virgin was ex- 
posed for veneration on the feast day of St. Anne, the 
blind have been made to see, the lame to walk, the pal- 
sied and the ailing to feel the thrill of health and strength 
throughout their frames. More than a hundred thou- 
sand believers have bowed in prayer before the grotto 
during the week and the list of seemingly miraculous 
cures of bodily ailments reported to Father Poissant, the 
pastor, is a most remarkable one. 

Only at certain appointed hours was the sacred relic — a 
bit of bone from the forearm of the saint — exposed in its 
gold receptacle for the veneration of the faithful, the 
crippled and the ailing, who came many miles in the 
hope of being cured. But at all hours while the church 
was open hundreds of devout, kneeling figures filled the 
pews and the aisles, knelt at the altar rail, or made the 
"way of the cross" about the church. 

The shrine of St. Anne, the little grotto in which 
stood a statue of the saint, and in which the sacred relic 
was from time to time exposed, was the cynosure of 
every eye. Upon it hung crutches and canes discarded 
by the lame who had been cured. A small stream of 



224 HEALING CURRENTS. 

water trickled down the grotto and splashed into a basin. 
Beside the receptacle were two cups, and they were in 
constant requisition by the crowds that packed the 
church. 

And amid the marvelous cures reported from the 
shrine within the last few days this water has its place. 
Mrs. M. Mrazeck, who lives at 15 Mautene court, has 
for many years been a sufferer from a severe cough. 
When the feast day of St. Anne approached it occurred 
to Mrs. Mrazeck that there she might find the relief 
which doctors and medicines had not given her. 

She had lost faith in physicians. Her faith in St. 
Anne was perfect and unquestioning. Several weeks 
ago she visited the church and, after kneeling in prayer 
for some time, drank some of the water. She felt its 
benefits immediately and, with the consent of Father 
Poissant, took some of it home. Every time she coughed 
she drank some of the water and in a month her cough 
was entirely cured. The trouble -of years was gone. 

Even mere marvelous was the cure of Anna Boucher, 
the daughter of John Boucher, a wealthy grocer. From 
her birth the girl had been blind and for years her father 
has had her eyes treated by the most eminent oculists 
in this country and in Canada. 

They succeeded in only restoring enough of her eye- 
sight so that she was enabled with great difficulty and 
very strong glasses to see a little while every day. 

In Canada, while having her eyes treated, she heard 
of the wonder-working shrine of St. Anne; the fame of 
which spread far among the French people. Father 
Poissant, the pastor, is French, and most of his congre- 
gation are sprung from French-Canadian stock. Hither 
the young woman was brought by her father, to pray 
before the shrine for her sight. 

"I had faith. Oh, I had faith," says Miss Boucher, 
bubbling over with happiness in her new-found and 
beautiful world. "I came to St. Joseph's and made a 
novena. For nine days I prayed that I might get my 



HEALING CURRENTS. 225 

sight — my precious eyesight, for which I had prayed so 
often. 

"And then on Tuesday night, when the feast was 
ended, came my great blessing. I felt the darkness pass- 
ing away from my eyes, and at last I saw the blessed 
light ! 

"After I had thanked God and the good St. Anne 
and the Blessed Virgin for all their goodness to me, I 
placed my glasses upon the shrine, beside the crutches 
of the lame that had been made to walk." 

Upon the side of the shrine, close to the statue of St. 
Anne, hang the crutches without which Des Nioges 
Emond, 3525 Rockwell street, has not been able to 
walk for five years. Stricken with paralysis, after a 
fall, the girl was helpless until her perfect faith made 
her whole at the shrine of St. Anne. 

"My sister fell when she was ten years old," said Mrs. 
Fred Lamarche, her sister, with whom she makes her 
home, "and injured her spine. She lay for a year in 
St. Joseph's Hospital in Joliet before she could leave 
her bed, and it was four years more before she could 
walk even with crutches. 

"She was making her second novena when the great 
blessing came to her, and she laid her crutches upon 
the shrine and walked home to me." 

The miraculous cure of Miss Matilda Cunnea, 
daughter of John Cunnea, the president of the Calumet 
National Bank, has attracted widespread attention, com- 
ing simultaneously with the many cures reported from 
the shrine in St. Joseph's Church. 

Miss Cunnea, who had been a sufferer from paralysis 
for several years and had been moved about in a wheel- 
chair for two years, was restored to health and strength 
in an instant at the shrine of St. Anne, in the little 
French village of St. Anne, 111., and has just returned 
to her home, 7120 Harvard avenue. 

"I heard of the cures at St. Anne's shrine while I 
was at De Beaupre, in Canada," said the happy girl, 
"and two weeks ago I decided to make a pilgrimage 
to St. Anne, make the novena and pray that my 



226 HEALING CURRENTS. 

affliction might be removed. As I was entirely helpless, 
my father sent me to St. Anne with a wheel-chair and 
an attendant to roll it around that I might be near the 
church all the time. One of the sisters of the Hotel 
Dieu here in Englewood accompanied me and prayed 
with me every day. 

"I felt positive that I would be cured. My belief 
was unshaken even after I had attended the services on 
the feast day and had been touched with the sacred 
relic of St. Anne and still felt no beneficial effects. I 
sat in the church after nearly everyone was gone and 
made an act of faith and resignation. I had not 
despaired. My faith was still strong. 

"When I looked down at my feet I saw they had 
dropped in the same old lifeless way they always did 
and that I was still helpless, and I called the sister to 
straighten my feet and assist me to my chair. 

"As the sister touched them I felt the blood rush 
downward and I knew I was cured. 

"'Sister/ I cried, 'I feel that I am cured. Help me 
up, quick.' 

"I stood on my feet firmly for the first time, in two 
years. I can never describe to anyone the sensation I 
felt at that moment, when I realized that at last I was 
cured. 

"Every bit of strength seemed to have left all the rest 
of my body and for a few seconds I could not move a 
finger. 

"Then I dropped upon my knees and gave thanks 
for my great blessing. 

"I knelt before the shrine of St. Anne and stripped 
all my jewels off and heaped them on the shrine. It 
seemed I could not do enough — I could not do anything 
that would show my gratitude to God and to St. Anne. 

"In a little while the villagers heard about it and 
crowded into the church and met me outside and I had 
quite an ovation. Then I walked back to the convent 
and sat down and cried." 

Another miraculous cure reported from St. Joseph's 
Church here is the restoration of speech to Miss Agnes 



HEALING CURRENTS. 227 

T. Elwood, 1 419 Thirty-fifth place, who had been dumb 
for years. After many hours spent in prayer her voice 
was suddenly restored to her. 

Mrs. Alma Dumais, nineteen years old, 2202 Thirty- 
eighth place, was cured of a severe case of asthma. 

Mrs. Gerwin Winkling, 5124 Bishop street, was cured 
of spinal trouble. 

John Farby, 4328 Armour avenue, was cured of 
deafness. — Dated July 30, 1904. — Chicago American. 

This interesting explanation of the marvels performed 
by the Hindoo fakirs or wonder-workers is taken from 
the book, "Ghost-land," written by an Englishman: 

&5* ttT* «£* 

OCCULT PHENOMENA AMONG HINDOOS. 

"Like most persons interested in the occult side of 
nature, I had no sooner returned to India, where, indeed, 
my earliest days of childhood had been passed, than I 
became fascinated with the extraordinary and preter- 
natural powers displayed by Oriental ecstatics. It may 
not be wholly uninteresting to touch upon the methods 
which I myself adopted to master the secret of their 
production. 

"My first step was to secure the services of two of 
the most accomplished as well as respectable members 
of the fakir fraternity, and, having taken all the avail- 
able means at command to attach them to my inter- 
est, not forgetting to separate them from each other, so 
as to avoid the possibility of collusion or a systematic 
attempt to deceive me, I had opportunity enough to 
observe many of the most astounding evidences of the 
power these men possessed, as well as to analyze at 
leisure their claims for its origin. In each case, as well 
as in numerous others, where incredible feats of preter- 
natural wonder were exhibited, the fakirs assured me the 
pitris, or ancestral spirits, were the invisible wonder- 
workers. 

"Again and again they protested they could do noth- 
ing without the aid of these spiritual allies. Their own 



228 HEALING CURRENTS. 

agency in the work, they gave me to understand, con- 
sisted in preparing themselves for the service of the 
pitris. They alleged that the material body was only a 
vehicle for the invisible soul, the spiritual or astral cloth- 
ing of which was an element evidently analagous to the 
'spiritual body' of the Apostle Paul, the 'magnetic body' 
or 'life principle' of the Spiritists, the 'astral spirit' of 
the Rosicrucians, and the 'atmospheric spirit' of the 
Berlin Brotherhood. This element the Hindoo and 
Arabian ecstatics termed Agasa, Vitality, or the life- 
fluid. They said that in proportion to the quantity and 
potency of agasa in the system, so was the power to 
work marvels by the aid of spirits. Spirits, they added, 
used agasa as their means of coming in contact with 
matter, and when it was abundant and very powerful 
the invisibles could draw it from the bodies of the 
ecstatics and perform with it feats only possible to 
themselves and the gods. 'Mutilate the body, lop off the 
limbs, if you will,' said a Brahmin, whom I had also 
enlisted in my service as a teacher of occultism, 'and 
with a sufficient amount of agasa you can instanta- 
neously heal the wound. Agasa is the element which 
keeps the atoms of matter together; the knife or 
sword severs it, the fire expels it from its lodgment in 
those atoms; put the agasa back to the severed or 
burned parts before they have had time to fester or 
wither, and the parts must reunite and become whole 
as before.' 

"It is by virtue of agasa that the seed germinates in 
the ground and grows up to be a tree, with leaves, fruit 
and flowers. Pour streams of agasa on the seed, and 
you quicken in a minute what would else, with less of 
the life-fluid, occupy a month to grow. Charge stones 
or other inanimate objects with agasa drawn from a 
human body, and spirits can make such objects move, 
fly, swim, or travel hither and thither at will ; in short, 
it is through the power of agasa — by which I mean 
force, the life of things — that all the most intelligent 
Hindoos with whom I studied, insisted that preter- 
natural marvels could be wrought, always adding, how- 
ever, that spirit must assist in the operation, first, be- 



HEALING CURRENTS. 229 

cause their spiritual bodies were all agasa, and next, be- 
cause they had a knowledge of this great living force 
and how to apply it, which they could not communicate 
to mortals. 

"The methods of initiation into these wonder-working 
powers were, I was assured, chastity, seasons of pro- 
found abstraction, a spirit exalted to the contemplation 
of deity, heaven and heavenly things, and a mind wholly 
sublimated from earth and earthly things. By these 
processes, it was claimed, the body would become sub- 
dued and the quantity of agasa communicated through 
the elements and by favor of the gods, would be im- 
mensely increased. It would also be more readily 
liberated, and under the control of spiritual agencies. 

" 'Behold me !' cried one of my instructors on a cer- 
tain occasion. T am all agasa. This thin film of mat- 
ter wherewith I am covered, these meshes of bone that 
form my framework of life, are they not fined away to 
the tenuity of the elements? They hinder not my flight 
through space, neither can they bind me to the earth I 
am casting off/ 

"He proved the truth or his boast by springing up- 
wards from the ground which he spurned with his foot, 
when lo ! he ascended into mid-air, and whilst his en- 
tranced eyes were rolled upwards, and his lean, rigid 
arms and thin hands were clasped in ecstasy above his 
head, he continued to soar away nearly to the roof of 
the vast temple in which we were." 

This very beautifully illustrates that we can overcome 
many of the limitations of the material body by devel- 
oping in our flesh a more positive degree of vitality. 

Affirm again and again: I am vitality. Think vital- 
ity, breathe vitality, eat vitality, and know that you are 
the unlimited vitality of God, thus you will become a 
magnet for Almighty Vitality. Think toward each or- 
gan of your body. You are vitality. You are so filled 
and thrilled with vitality that there is no place for 
disease or decay in you. All is vitality. Keep this up 
unceasingly and it will make you so positively vital 
that health and happiness will reign throughout your 
whole being. 



College of Freedom 

"Ye Shall Know the Truth and the 
Truth Shall Make You Free ' 



" Where the Spirit of the Lord is, there is Liberty." 2 Cor. iii 17. 
" The creature itself also shall be delivered from the bondage of 

corruption into the glorious liberty of the children of God" 

Rom. viii : 21. 

As a school we stand for the promulgation of the truth that frees 
humanity from the causes of sin, sickness, poverty and pain, giving to 
our pupils the realization of the Spirit of Truth — "And the Lord is 
that Spirit." 

In the realization of the Spirit of the Christ we teach and heal. 

Healing at a distance a specialty. 

Terms for treatment or lessons made known on application. 
Consultation by appointment only. 

Address, COLLEGE OF FREEDOM, 

Chicago, 111. 



Mystic Words of Mighty Power 

BY 

WALTER DE VOE 

A book of this title will be published some time during the latter 
part of 1905. It will contain the latest discoveries in the art of heal- 
ing by the power of thought. The processes of soulunfoldment will be 
further explained and the student will be led to see the beauty of 
divine Truth, as it exists in the soul realms among the immortals. 

Those who send name and address will receive notice when the 
book is ready for delivery. The price will be $2.00 postpaid. 

Send direct to publishers, 

COLLEGE OF FREEDOM, 

Chicago, 111. 



3477 



LIBRARY OF CONGRESS 




QQOBSIflSTTfe 



SlMninnHl 

m 



lei 



■ 



■ 



■ 



HI 



HI ■ 



H 

IH 

m 

H HE 



MDBB 






H Ml In 



■M B 



fsfflftf BB 



